175
1718 Third Street Suite 101 Sacramento, CA 95811 Tel 916.449.1400 www.rmw.com PROJECT MANUAL Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility & Administrative Building 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, San Leandro, CA 94577 RMW No. 12405.00 RMW 2015 – ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    0

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

1718 Third Street Suite 101 Sacramento, CA 95811 Tel 916.449.1400 www.rmw.com

PROJECT MANUAL Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing

WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility & Administrative Building 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, San Leandro, CA 94577

RMW No. 12405.00

RMW 2015 – ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Page 2: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

ISSUE FOR PERMIT October 31, 2015

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 3 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

DOCUMENT 000110

TABLE OF CONTENTS PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS

Section No. TITLE CONTENTS

032100 REINFORCING STEEL

033000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

053000 METAL DECKING

054000 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING

055100 METAL STAIRS

055000 METAL FABRICATIONS Miscellaneous steel and other metal fabrications not part of the building's structural framing. Supports for rolling doors and elevator hoist beam

072100 THERMAL INSULATION Thermal fiberglass insulation, board and batt.

072500 WEATHER BARRIERS Building paper

074113 METAL ROOF PANELS Steel roof panels.

074214 FORMED METAL WALL PANELS Exposed fastener galvalume panels at walls.

Page 3: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Issue for PERMIT October 31, 2015

DOCUMENT 000110 TABLE OF CONTENTS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 3 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

Section No. TITLE CONTENTS

076200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Sheet metal flashings and trim fabricated from galvanized (Galvalume) steel and aluminum.

078413 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING Penetrations in fire-resistance-rated walls, horizontal assemblies, and smoke barriers.

079000 JOINT SEALANTS Exterior joint sealants.

079513 EXTERIOR EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES

Exterior building expansion joint cover assemblies.

081113 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

Exterior standard hollow metal doors and frames, galvanized for field painting.

083323 EXTERIOR OVERHEAD COILING DOORS Exterior service doors, electric-motor-operated overhead coiling doors, NON-insulated,

factory-finished.

084113 ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS, ENTRANCES, AND WINDOWS

DELEGATED DESIGN WORK for exterior aluminum storefront and entrances and windows fabricated with storefront components.

084413 GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS DELEGATED DESIGN WORK for conventionally glazed aluminum curtain walls installed as stick assemblies, glass supported on four sides

087010 DOOR HARDWARE Mechanical door hardware for swinging doors. Cylinders for door hardware specified in other Sections. Electrified door hardware.

088000 GLAZING Exterior glazing for storefronts, windows, and entrance doors.

092116 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES DELEGATED DESIGN WORK for gypsum board shaft-wall assemblies.

092216 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING Non-load-bearing steel framing systems for interior partitions at demising wall

092900 GYPSUM BOARD Gypsum board, rated, at demising wall.

133619 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING

Page 4: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Issue for PERMIT October 31, 2015

DOCUMENT 000110 TABLE OF CONTENTS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 3 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

Section No. TITLE CONTENTS

220050 BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS AND METHODS

221000 PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEMS

230050 BASIC HVAC MATERIALS AND METHODS

238000 HVAC

END OF DOCUMENT 000110

Page 5: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 5

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

SECTION 032100

REINFORCING STEEL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Requirements of Division 1 apply to all work of this Section. 1.2 SCOPE

A. Unless noted otherwise, furnish and install reinforcing for all concrete, including dowels, chairs, spacers, bolsters, etc., necessary for supporting and fastening reinforcement in place as shown on the Drawings and specified herein.

1.3 RELATED WORK (See also Table of Contents)

A. Cast-In-Place Concrete: Section 03 30 00.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. General: 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: Regularly engaged in the manufacture of steel bar and

welded wire fabric reinforcing. 2. Installer Qualifications: Installation shall be done only by an installation firm normally

engaged in this business. All work shall be performed by qualified mechanics working under an experienced supervisor.

3. Welding Qualifications: Welding procedures, welding operators and welders shall be qualified in accordance with AWS D1.4 - "Structural Welding Code Reinforcing Steel". a. Welders whose work fails to pass inspection shall be re-qualified before performing

further welding. 4. Reinforcement Work shall conform to ACI 301 and ACI 318 Chapter 7, as minimum

standards. 5. Allowable Tolerances:

a. Fabrication: 1) Sheared length: 1 inch. 2) Depth of truss bars: Plus or minus ½-inch. 3) Ties: Plus or minus ½-inch. 4) All other bends: Plus or minus 1 inch.

b. Placement: 1) Concrete cover to form surfaces: Plus or minus ¼-inch. 2) Minimum spacing between bars: Plus or minus ¼-inch. 3) Crosswise of members: Spaced evenly within 2 inches of stated separation. 4) Lengthwise of members: Plus or minus 2 inches.

c. Maximum bar movement to avoid interference with other reinforcing steel, conduits, or embedded items: 2 bar diameters.

B. Standards and References: (Latest Edition unless otherwise noted):

1. 2013 California Building Code (CBC). 2. American Concrete Institute (ACI).

a. ACI 301 - "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings".

Page 6: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 032100 – REINFORCING STEEL

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 5

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

b. ACI 315 - "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcing". c. ACI 318 – “Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete”

3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). a. ASTM A82 - "Cold Drawn Wire for Concrete Reinforcement". b. ASTM A185 - "Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement". c. ASTM A615 - "Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement". d. ASTM A706 – “Low Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement”.

4. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) - "Manual of Standard Practice". 5. American Welding Standard (AWS).

a. AWS D1.4 - "Structural Welding Code – Reinforcing Steel". C. Submittals: (Submit under provisions of Section 01 33 00)

1. Shop Drawings: Prepare in accordance ACI 315. Indicate bending diagrams, assembly diagrams, splicing and laps of bars and shapes, dimensions and details of bar reinforcing and assemblies. Correctness of all reinforcing requirements and work is the responsibility of Contractor. Identify such shop drawings with reference thereon to sheet and detail numbers from Contract Drawings. a. Do not use scaled dimensions from Contract Drawings in determining the lengths of

reinforcing bars. b. No reinforcing steel shall be fabricated without approved shop drawings. c. Any deviations from the contract documents must be clearly indicated as a deviation

on the shop drawings. d. Areas of high congestion, including member joints and embed locations shall be fully

detailed to verify clearances and assembly parameters and coordination with other trades.

2. Certified mill test reports of supplied reinforcing indicating chemical and physical analysis. Tensile and bend tests shall be performed by the mill in accordance with ASTM A615.

3. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for splice devices. b. Bar Supports.

4. Certificates of Compliance with specified standards: a. Reinforcing bars. b. Welded wire fabric. c. Welding electrodes.

5. Samples: Only as requested by Architect. D. Tests and Inspections:

1. A testing program is required prior to start of construction. Testing program to be done in compliance with the CBC requirements and in collaboration with Testing Laboratory, Design team, contractor, owner and submitted for review by the agency in charge of building enforcement. Requirements below are minimum requirements; additional requirements may be required in final testing program.

2. All reinforcing steel whose properties are not identifiable by mill test reports shall be tested in accordance with ASTM A615. One Series of tests for each missing report to be borne by the Contractor.

3. When inspections are indicated for reinforcement placement on the Structural drawings, a special inspector shall be employed to inspect reinforcing placement per CBC Section 1704.

4. When tests are indicated for reinforcing steel on the structural drawings, the reinforcing steel used shall be tested in accordance with ASTM A615. One tensile and one bend test for each 2-1/2 tons of steel or fraction thereof, shall be made.

5. Inspect shop and field welding in accordance with AWS D1.4, including checking materials, equipment, procedure and welder qualification as well as the welds. Inspector

Page 7: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 032100 – REINFORCING STEEL

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 5

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

will use non-destructive testing or any other aid to visual inspection that he deems necessary to assure himself of the adequacy of the weld.

6. Tests and inspection shall be performed by Owners testing agency except when needed to justify rejected work, in which case the cost of retests and reinspection shall be borne by the Contractor.

1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Deliver reinforcement to project site in bundles marked with metal tags indicating bar size and

length. B. Handle and store materials to prevent contamination.

1. Store reinforcement in a manner that will prevent excessive rusting or coating with grease, oil, dirt, and other objectionable materials. Storage shall be in separate piles or racks so as to avoid confusion or loss of identification after bundles are broken.

C. Deliver and store welding electrodes in accordance with AWS D1.4.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS

A. Reinforcement Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60 for all bars. 1. Bar reinforcement to be welded shall meet chemical requirements of ASTM A706. 2. Longitudinal reinforcement in column and beams of special moment-resisting frames

shall meet the chemical requirements of ASTM A706. B. Stirrups and Ties: ASTM A615, Grade 60 for all bars. C. Steel Dowels: Same grade as bars to which dowels are connected. D. Welded wire Fabric: ASTM A185. E. Tie Wires: FS-QQ-W-461, annealed steel, black, 16 gauge minimum. F. Welding Electrodes: AWS D1.4, low hydrogen, E70XX series. G. Bar Supports:

1. Typical, unless noted otherwise; CRSI Class 2 wire supports. a. Do not use wood, brick or other objectionable materials. b. Do not use galvanized supports.

2. Supports placed against ground: Pre-cast concrete blocks not less than 4 inches square with embedded wire.

H. Mechanical Couplers: Comply with ACI 318 section 12.14.3.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FABRICATION

A. Shop fabricate reinforcement to meet requirements of Drawings. B. Fabricate reinforcement in accordance with the requirements of ACI 315 where specific

details are not shown or where Drawings and Specifications are not more demanding.

Page 8: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 032100 – REINFORCING STEEL

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 4 of 5

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

C. Steel reinforcement shall not be bent or straightened in a manner that will injure the material.

Bars with kinks or bends not shown on the Drawings shall not be used. Heating of bars for bending will not be permitted.

D. Reinforcing shall not be field bent or straightened without structural engineer’s review. E. Provide offsets in rebar (1:6 maximum) where required to maintain clearances.

3.2 CONDITION OF SURFACES

A. Examine surfaces and conditions receiving or affecting the work. Do not proceed until unsuitable conditions have been corrected.

3.3 GENERAL

A. Concrete shown without reinforcing shall be reinforced as similar parts shown with reinforcing except where concrete is specifically noted to be unreinforced.

3.4 PLACEMENT

A. All reinforcement shall be accurately set in place, lapped, spliced, spaced rigidly and securely held in place and tied with specified wire at all splices and crossing points. All wire tie ends shall point away from the form. Carefully locate all dowel steel to align with wall and column steel. 1. Bars shall be in long lengths with laps and splices as shown. Offset laps in adjacent bars.

Place steel with clearances and cover as shown. Bar laps shall be as indicated on the Drawings. Tie all laps and intersections with the specified wire.

2. Maintain clear space between parallel bars not less than 1-1/2 times nominal diameter, but in no case shall clear space be less than 1-1/2 times maximum size concrete aggregate.

3. Reinforcing dowels for slabs shall be placed as detailed. Sleeves may be used if reviewed by the Structural Engineer before installation. Install dowel through all construction and expansion joints for all slabs on grade.

B. Bar Supports: Support and securely fasten bars with chairs, spacers and ties to prevent

displacement by construction loads or placement of concrete beyond the tolerances specified. Conform to CRSI as a minimum standard.

C. Steel Adjustment:

1. Move within allowable tolerances to avoid interference with other reinforcing steel, conduits, or embedded items.

2. Do not move bars beyond allowable without concurrence of Structural Engineer. 3. Do not heat, bend, or cut bars without concurrence of Structural Engineer. 4. Reinforcement shall not be bent after being embedded in hardened concrete.

D. Splices:

1. Splice reinforcing as shown. 2. Lap Splices: Tie securely with wire to prevent displacement of splices during placement

of concrete. 3. Splice Devices: Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Obtain

Structural Engineer’s review before using.

Page 9: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 032100 – REINFORCING STEEL

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 5 of 5

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

4. Do not splice bars except at locations shown without concurrence of Structural Engineer. a. Where splices in addition to those indicated are required, indicate location on shop

drawings clearly and highlight "for Engineer’s approval". E. Welding:

1. Welding is not permitted unless specifically detailed on Drawings or approved by Engineer.

2. Employ shielding metal-arc method and meet requirements of AWS D1.4. 3. Welding is not permitted on bars where the carbon equivalent is unknown or is

determined to exceed 0.55. 4. Welding shall not be done within two bar diameters of any bent portion of a bar which has

been bent cold. 5. Welding of crossing bars is not permitted.

F. Welded Wire Fabric: Install in long lengths, lapping 24 inches at end splices and one mesh at

side splices. Offset laps in adjacent widths. Place fabric in approximately the middle of the slab thickness unless shown otherwise on the Drawings by dimension. Wire tie lap joints at 12-inch centers. Use concrete blocks to support mesh in proper position.

G. Reinforcement shall be free of mud, oil or other materials that may reduce bond at the time

concrete is placed. Reinforcement with tightly adhered rust or mill scale will be accepted without cleaning provided that rusting has not reduced dimensions and weights below applicable standards. Remove loose rust.

H. Protection against rust:

1. Where there is danger of rust staining adjacent surfaces, wrap reinforcement with impervious tape or otherwise prevent rust staining.

2. Remove protective materials and clean reinforcement as required before proceeding with concrete placement.

I. Drawing Notes: Refer to notes on Drawings for additional reinforcement requirements. J. Mechanical and Electrical Drawings: Refer to Mechanical and Electrical Drawings for formed

concrete requiring reinforcing steel. All such steel shall be included under the work of this Section.

END OF SECTION 03 21 00

Page 10: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 14

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

SECTION 033000

CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Requirements of Division 1 apply to all Work of this Section. 1.2 SCOPE

A. Furnish, place and finish cast in place concrete and related work as indicated on the Drawings and specified here. 1. Install miscellaneous metal and other items furnished by other trades to be installed in concrete

work. 2. Provide facilities for job curing of test cylinders and transporting to Testing Laboratory.

B. Provide grouting of steel base plates as indicated on the Drawings and specified here.

1.3 RELATED WORK (See also Table of Contents)

A. Reinforcing Steel: Section 03 21 00.

B. Metal Decking: Section 05 30 00.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Standards and References: (Latest Edition unless otherwise noted) 1. 2013 California Building Code (CBC). 2. American Concrete Institute (ACI)

a. ACI 117 – “Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials” b. ACI 211.1 – “Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass

Concrete” c. ACI 211.2 – “Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Structural Lightweight Concrete” d. ACI 301 – “Structural Concrete for Buildings” e. ACI 302 – “Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction” f. ACI 305R – “Hot Weather Concreting” g. ACI 306R – “Cold Weather Concreting” h. ACI 318 – “Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete” i. ACI 360 – “Design of Slabs-On-Ground”

3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM C31 – “Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field” b. ASTM C33 – “Concrete Aggregates” c. ASTM C39 – “Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens” d. ASTM C42 – “Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete” e. ASTM C94 – “Ready-Mixed Concrete” f. ASTM C109 – “Test of Hydraulic Cement Concrete” g. ASTM C143 – “Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete” h. ASTM C150 – “Portland Cement” i. ASTM C172 – “Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method”

Page 11: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 033000 – CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 14

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

j. ASTM C192 – “Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory” k. ASTM C260 – “Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete” l. ASTM C330 – “Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete” m. ASTM C494 – “Chemical Admixtures for Concrete” n. ASTM C618 – “Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture

in Portland Cement Concrete” o. ASTM C685 – “Volumetric Batching and Continuous Mixing” p. ASTM C1157 – “Hydraulic-Cement”

B. Submittals: (Submit under provisions of Section 01 33 00)

1. Concrete mix designs. See “Mix Design” below. Include results of test data used to establish proportions.

2. Certificates of Compliance from Manufacturer a. Cement certificates b. Aggregates c. Admixtures.

3. Data regarding hardeners and sealers. 4. Grout samples for sacked surface textures and colors upon Architects request only. 5. Layout drawings for construction, control and expansion joints. 6. Transit-mix delivery slips:

a. Keep record at the job site showing time and place of each pour of concrete, together with transit-mix delivery slips certifying contents of the pour.

b. Make the record available to the Architect for his inspection upon request. c. Upon completion of this portion of the work, deliver the record and the delivery slips to the

Architect. 7. See Section 03 21 00 for reinforcing steel submittals.

C. Tests and Inspections:

1. A testing program is required prior to start of construction. Testing program to be done in Compliance with the CBC requirements and in collaboration with Testing Laboratory, Design team, contractor, owner and submitted for review by the agency in charge of building enforcement. Requirements below are minimum requirements; additional requirements may be required in final testing program.

2. The following tests shall be made by a recognized testing laboratory selected by the Owner and approved by the governing agency. All tests shall be in accordance with the previously mentioned standards and ACI 318 Section 5.6. A complete record of all tests and inspections shall be kept per CBC Section 1903.1. a. Compressive Strength: Make and cure in accordance with ASTM C-31. Test in accordance

with ASTM C-39 and ACI 318 Section 5.6. 1) A record shall be made of time and of locations of concrete from which samples were

taken. 2) Four identical cylinders shall be taken from each pour of 150 cubic yards or 5000 square

feet or part thereof, being placed each day per ACI 318 Section 5.6.2. One cylinder shall be tested at age 7 days, and two at age 28 days unless otherwise specified. Preserve remaining cylinder for future use.

b. Drying Shrinkage: (applies to lightweight concrete only unless noted otherwise) 1) A record shall be made of time cylinders and of locations of concrete from which samples

were taken. 2) Three identical 4" x 4" x 11" specimens shall be made from same concrete as used in

structure. Percent of shrinkage shall be reported at 21 days after 7 day moist curing period. Average results of 3 specimens shall be used as the accepted value. The value for

Page 12: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 033000 – CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 14

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

laboratory cast specimens shall not exceed .075%. If field test specimens are used in lieu of laboratory specimens, a tolerance of +33% may be used.

3) Test specimens in accordance with ASTM C157. c. Concrete consistency (slump) shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C143.

3. Provide full time inspection per CBC Section 1704.3 during the taking of test specimens and during the placing of all concrete and embedded steel.

4. See Section 03 21 00 for reinforcing steel tests and inspections. 5. Provide concrete batch plant inspections per ASTM C685.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL

A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II or Type V. One brand of cement shall be used throughout to maintain uniform color for all exposed concrete.

B. Concrete Aggregate: Fine and coarse aggregates shall be regarded as separate ingredients. Each size

of coarse aggregate, as well as combination of sizes when two or more are used, shall conform to grading requirements of appropriate ASTM Standards and ACI 318. 1. Concrete Aggregates for Standard Weight Concrete: ASTM C 33. Aggregate shall be crushed

granite or Perkins type. 2. Concrete Aggregates for Lightweight Concrete: ASTM C330 to produce concrete weighing no more

than 115 pcf at 28 days. Aggregate shall be vacuum saturated expanded shale as produced through the rotary kiln method.

C. Water: Clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, acids, alkali, organic matter and other deleterious

substances; suitable for domestic consumption. D. Admixtures shall be subject to prior approval by the Architect, in accordance with ACI 318 Section 3.6.

Calcium Chloride is not permitted. 1. Water Reducing

a. ASTM C494 Type A - for use in cool weather. b. ASTM C494 Type D - for use in hot weather.

2. Air Entraining a. Conform to ASTM C 260

3. Fly Ash a. Conform to ASTM C 618

4. Mid-Range Water-Reducers a. Master Builders “Polyheed” or approved equal.

5. Fly Ash Pozzolan a. Conforming to ASTM A-618 Class F

E. Slab on Grade Vapor Retarder 1. Vapor Retarder must have the following qualities:

a. 15 mil thickness minimum b. WVTR less than 0.008 as tested by ASTM E 96 c. ASTM E 1745 Class A (Plastics)

2. Vapor Retarder Products a. Stego Wrap Vapor Retarder by STEGO Industries LLC. b. W.R. Meadows Premoulded Membrane with Plasmatic Core. c. Zero-Perm by Alumiseal.

Page 13: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 033000 – CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 4 of 14

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

3. Vapor Retarder Tape

a. Water Vapor Transmission Rate: ASTM E 96, 0.3 perms or lower b. Minimum 8-mils thick c. Minimum 3 3/4 inches wide d. Manufactured from High Density Polyethylene e. Pressure Sensitive Adhesive

F. Sand: Clean, dry, well graded. G. Abrasive aggregate for non-slip finish: Fused aluminum oxide grits, graded 12/30. Use factory-graded

rustproof and non-glazing material that is unaffected by freezing, moisture and cleaning materials. 1. Products offered by manufacturers to comply with the above requirements include: A-H Alox;

Anti-Hydro Waterproofing Co., Toxgrip; Toch Div. - Carboline, or approved equal.

H. Expansion Joint Filler: 1. Joint fill shall be a preformed non-extruded resilient filler, saturated with bituminous materials and

conforming to ASTM D 1751. Products shall be equivalent to Burke "Fiber Expansion Joint", W.R. Meadows "Fibrated Expansion Joint Filler", or approved equal.

I. Bonding Agent: Sonneborn "Sonobond"; the Euclid Chemical Company "Euco-Weld"; Larsen Products

Corp., "Weld-Crete" or approved equivalent. J. Concrete Sealer: Cure and Seal, as manufactured by the Euclid Chemical Company "Aqua-Cure VOX",

Sonneborn "Kure-N-Seal WB", Burke "Spartan-Cote",W.R. Meadows "Intex" or approved equal conforming to ASTM C-309, Type I, Class B requirements, and conforming to State of California Air Resources Board VOC Regulations.

K. Concrete Hardener/Sealer: Clear, water soluble, sprayable in-organic silicate based hardener/sealer or

acrylic co-polymer resin. Products shall be equal to Euclid Chemical Company "Eucosil", Burke "Spartan-Cote", Sonneborn "Sonosil", W.R. Meadows "Pena-Lith", or approved equal and must conform to State of California Air Resources Board VOC Regulations.

L. Concrete Cure: Water based curing compound conforming to ASTM C-309, Type 1, Class A and B, and

AASHTO Specification M-148; Type 1, Class A and B requirements, and State of California Air Resources Board VOC Regulations. Product shall be equivalent to Euclid Chemical Company "Kurez VOX", Burke "No. 1127" or "Aqua-Resin Cure", W.R. Meadows "1100 Clear", or approved equal.

M. Non-Shrink Grout: See Section 2.2.A.6.

2.2 CONCRETE

A. Concrete Mixes: 1. Type A Concrete:

Strength: 3000 lbs. per square inch at 28 days. Maximum Aggregate Size: 1-1/2 inch.

Cement Content: As required by mix design (ACI 318 Section 5.3). 5.0 sacks per yard minimum. Maximum Water to Cement Ratio: 0.58 Admixture: Water Reducing. Weight: 145 lbs. per cubic foot

Page 14: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 033000 – CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 5 of 14

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

Use for unexposed foundation concrete except as otherwise specified. At Contractor's option, Type B concrete may be substituted for this.

2. Type B Concrete: Strength: 6000 lbs. per square inch at 28 days. Maximum Aggregate Size: 1 inch. Minimum Cement Content: As required by mix design. (ACI 318 Section 5.3). 7.0 sacks per yard minimum. Maximum Water to Cement Ratio: 0.35 Admixture: Water reducing. Weight: 145 lbs. per cubic foot Use for building slab on grade Maximum Fly Ash content as a percentage of total cementitious material: 15% 3. Type C Concrete: Strength: 4000 lbs. per square inch at 28 days. Maximum Aggregate Size: 1 inch.

Minimum Cement Content: As required by mix design (ACI 318 Section 5.3). 6.5 sacks per yard minimum. Maximum Water to Cement Ratio: 0.50 Admixture: Water reducing. Weight:145 lbs. per cubic foot Use for columns, beams, walls and overhead structural slabs except as otherwise specified 4. Type D Concrete: Strength: 3500 lbs. per square inch at 28 days. Maximum Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch. Minimum Cement Content: As required by mix design (ACI 318 Section 5.3). 6.0 sack per cubic yard minimum. Maximum Water to Cement Ratio: 0.52 Admixture: Water reducing. Weight:145 lbs. per cubic foot Use for normal weight concrete over metal deck 5. Type E Concrete: Strength: 3,000 lbs. per square inch at 28 days. Maximum Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch. Minimum Cement Content: As required by mix design (ACI 318 Section 5.3). 6.0 sacks per yard minimum. Maximum Water to Cement Ratio: 0.52 Admixture: Water reducing. Weight: 115 + 3 lbs. per cubic foot. Use for lightweight concrete over metal deck. 6. Grout shall be non-shrink, non-metallic, flowable Type "713" or "928" by Master Builders.

a. Metallic grout equivalent to Master Builders "Embeco" may be used only where covered by earth, concrete, or masonry.

b. Acceptance by Architect required before using.

B. Consistency of Concrete: Concrete slump, measured in accordance with ASTM C 143, shall fall within following limits. 1. For General concrete placement: 3 inch plus or minus 1 inch.

Page 15: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 033000 – CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 6 of 14

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

2. Mixes employing the specified mid-range water reducer shall provide a measured slump not to exceed 7 inch +1 inch after dosing, 2 inch +1 inch before dosing.

3. Concrete slump shall be taken at point of placement. Use water reducing admixtures as required to provide a workable consistency for pump mixers. Water shall not be added at the jobsite without written review by the structural engineer.

C. Mix Design:

1. Initial mix design shall be prepared for all concrete in accordance with ACI 318 Section 5.3. Mix proportions shall be determined in accordance with ACI 318 Section 5.3 or Section 5.4. In the event that additional mix designs are required due to depletion of aggregate sources, aggregate not conforming to Specifications or at request of Contractor, these mixes shall be prepared as above.

2. Contractor shall notify the Testing Laboratory and Architect of intent to use concrete pumps to place concrete so that mix designs can be modified accordingly.

3. Fly ash shall not exceed fifteen percent of the total cementitious material. 4. Provide 6% air entrainment typical for exterior concrete exposed to freeze-thaw cycles.5. Owner’s

testing laboratory shall review all mix design before submittal.

D. Mixing: 1. Equipment: All concrete shall be machine mixed. Provide adequate equipment and facilities for

accurate measurement and control of materials. 2. Method of Mixing:

a. Transit Mixing: Comply with ASTM C 94. Ready mixed concrete shall be used throughout, except as specified below.

b. On-Site Mixing: Use only if method of storing material, mixing of material and type of mixing equipment is approved by Architect. Approval of site mixing does not relieve Contractor of any other requirements of Specifications.

c. Mixing shall be in accordance with ACI 318 Section 5.8. 3. Mixing Time: After mix water has been added, concrete shall be mixed not less than 1-1/2 minutes

nor more than 1-1/2 hours. Concrete shall be rejected if not deposited within the time specified. 4. Admixtures:

a. Air entraining and chemical admixtures shall be charged into mixer as a solution and shall be dispensed by an automatic dispenser or similar metering device. Powdered admixtures shall be weighed or measured by volume as recommended by manufacturer. Accuracy of measurement of any admixture shall be within plus or minus 3%.

b. Two or more admixtures may be used in same concrete, provided such admixtures are added separately during batching sequence, and provided further that admixtures used in that combination retain full efficiency and have no deleterious effect on concrete or on properties of each other.

c. All admixtures are to be approved by Structural Engineer prior to commencing this work. 5. Retempering:

a. Concrete shall be mixed only in quantities for immediate use. Concrete which has set shall be discarded, not retempered.

b. Indiscriminate addition of water to increase slump is prohibited. c. When concrete arrives at project with slump below that suitable for placing, water may be

added only if neither maximum permissible water-cement ratio nor maximum slump is exceeded. Water shall be incorporated by additional mixing equal to at least half of total mixing time required. Any addition of water above that permitted by limitation of water-cement ratio shall be accompanied by a quantity of cement sufficient to maintain proper water-cement ratio. Such additions shall only be used if approved by Architect. In any event, with or without addition of cement, not more than 2 gallons of water per cubic yard of concrete, over that specified in design mix, shall be added.

Page 16: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 033000 – CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 7 of 14

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

6. Cold Weather Batching: When average of the highest and lowest air temperature falls below 40 degrees F for more than three consecutive days, provide adequate equipment for heating concrete materials. No frozen materials or materials containing ice shall be used. When placed in forms, concrete placed in these temperatures shall have a minimum temperature based on dimensions of concrete sections placed per ACI 301.

7. Hot Weather Batching: Concrete deposited in hot weather shall have a placing temperature below 90 degrees F per ACI 301. If necessary, ingredients shall be cooled to accomplish this.

2.3 FLOOR LEVELING AND FILL MATERIALS

A. Epoxy Concrete Mortar: Floor leveling, non-shrink trowel applied epoxy concrete mortar; TPM 115 General Polymers Corp., A-H Emery Epoxy Topping #170 Anti-Hydro Corp., or approved equal, where areas to fill are less than 1/4 inch thick.

B. Concrete Mortar: Floor leveling, patching and repair, non-shrink trowel applied concrete mortar; Master

Builders EMBECO 411-A, Euclid EUCO, or approved equal, where areas of fill are greater than 1/4 inch thick.

C. Cementitious Floor Leveling Material: Shall be self-leveling or trowelable with a minimum 28 day

compressive strength of 3000 psi in accordance with ASTM C-109. Material shall be equal to Quickrete No. 1249, Ardex V-800/K-55, Mapei "Ultra/Flex" or approved equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PLACEMENT

A. Before any concrete is placed, the following items of work shall have been completed in the area of placing. 1. Forms shall have been erected, adequately braced, cleaned, sealed, lubricated if required, and

bulkheaded where placing is to stop. 2. Any wood forms other than plywood shall be thoroughly water soaked before placing any concrete.

The wetting of forms shall be started at least 12 hours before concreting. 3. Reinforcing steel shall have been placed, tied and supported. 4. Embedded work of all trades shall be in place in the forms and adequately tied and braced. 5. The entire place of deposit shall have been cleaned of wood chips, sawdust, dirt, debris, hardened

concrete and other foreign matter. No wooden ties or blocking shall be left in the concrete except where indicated for attachment of other work.

6. Reinforcing steel, at the time the concrete is placed around it, shall be cleaned of scale, mill scale or other contaminants that will destroy or reduce bond.

7. Concrete surfaces to which fresh concrete is to be bonded shall be brush cleaned to remove all dust and foreign matter and to expose the aggregate, and then coated with the bonding adhesive herein specified.

8. Prior to placing concrete for any slabs on grade, the moisture content of the subgrade below the slabs shall be adjusted to at least optimum moisture.

9. No concrete shall be placed until formwork and reinforcement has been approved by Architect. Clean forms of all debris and remove standing water. Thoroughly clean reinforcement and all handling equipment for mixing and transporting concrete. Concrete shall not be placed against reinforcing steel that is hot to the touch. Notify Structural Engineer 48 hours in advance of concrete pour.

B. Conveying: Handle concrete from mixer to place of final deposit by methods which will prevent

separation or loss of ingredients. Deposit concrete in forms as nearly as practicable at its final position

Page 17: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 033000 – CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 8 of 14

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

in a manner which will insure that required quality is obtained. Chutes shall slope not less than 4 inches and not more than 6 inches per foot of horizontal run.

C. Depositing: Deposit concrete into forms in horizontal layers not exceeding 24 inches in thickness

around building, proceeding along forms at a uniform rate and consolidating into previous pour. In no case shall concrete be poured into an accumulation of water ahead of pour, nor shall concrete be flowed along forms to its final place of deposit. Fresh concrete shall not be permitted to fall from a height greater than 6 feet without use of adjustable length pipes or, in narrow walls, of adjustable flexible hose sleeves. Concrete shall be scheduled so that placing is a continuous operation for the completion of each section between predetermined construction joints. If any concreting operation, once planned, cannot be carried on in a continuous operation, concreting shall stop at temporary bulkheads, located where resulting construction joints will least impair the strength of the structure. Location of construction joints shall be as shown on the drawings or as approved by Structural Engineer. The rate of rise in walls shall not be less than 2 feet per hour. 1. Consolidation: Concrete shall be thoroughly compacted and worked to all points with solid

continuous contact to forms and reinforcement to eliminate air pockets and honeycombing. Power vibrators of approved type shall be used immediately following pour. Spading by hand, hammering of forms or other combination of methods will be allowed only where permitted by Structural Engineer. In no case shall vibrators be placed against reinforcing steel or used for extensive shifting of deposited fresh concrete. Provide and maintain standby vibrators, ready for immediate use.

2. Hot Weather Concreting: Unless otherwise directed by the Architect, perform all work in accordance with ACI 305 when air temperature rises above 75 degrees F and the following: a. Mixing Water: Keep water temperature as low as necessary to provide for the required

concrete temperature at time of placing. Ice may be required to provide for the design temperature.

Aggregate: Keep aggregate piles continuously moist by sprinkling with water. Temperature of Concrete: The temperature of the concrete mix at the time it is being placed in

the forms shall not exceed 90 degrees F per ACI 301. The method employed to provide this temperature shall in no way alter or endanger the design mix or the design strength required.

Dampen subgrade and formwork before placing concrete. Remove all excess water before placing concrete. Keep concrete continuously wet when air temperature exceeds 85 degrees F for a minimum of 48 hours after placing concrete. For slab on grade construction, see Section 3.1.E.

Protection: Minimize evaporation from concrete in place by providing shade and windbreaks. Maintain such protection in place for 14 days minimum.

3. Cold Weather Concreting: Follow recommended ACI 306 procedures when average of the highest and lowest air temperature falls below 40 degrees F for more than three consecutive days, as approved by Architect. Concrete placed in these temperatures shall have a minimum temperature based on dimensions of concrete sections placed as shown in ACI 301. No chemicals or salts shall be used to prevent freezing and no accelerating agents shall be used without prior approval from Architect.

D. Construction Joints: Install only as indicated and noted on Drawings. Joints not indicated on Drawings

shall be so located, when approved, as to least impair strength of structure, and shall conform to typical details. Construction joints shall have level tops, vertical sides. Horizontal construction joints shall be thoroughly cleaned and roughened by removing entire surface film and exposing clean aggregate solidly embedded in mortar matrix. Joints between concrete and masonry shall be considered construction joints. Vertical construction joints need not be roughened. See Drawings for doweling and required keys. 1. Roughen construction joints by any of following methods:

a. By sandblasting joint.

Page 18: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 033000 – CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 9 of 14

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

b. By thoroughly washing joint, using a high pressure hose, after concrete has taken initial set. Washing shall be done not less than 2 hours nor more than 4 hours after concrete has been poured, depending upon setting time.

c. By chipping and wire brushing. 2. All decisions pertaining to adequacy of construction joint surfaces and to compliance with

requirements pertaining to construction joints shall be reviewed with the Structural Engineer. 3. Just before starting new pour, horizontal and vertical joint surfaces shall be dampened (but not

saturated). 4. Before placing regular concrete mix, horizontal construction joint surfaces shall be covered with a

layer of mortar composed of cement and fine aggregate of same proportions as that used in prescribed mix, but omitting coarse aggregate.

5. For slabs, construction joints shall be in locations shown on plan. If not shown, locate at intervals not exceeding 150 feet in each direction. Refer to drawings for proper details for reinforcing at construction joints.

E. Concrete Slabs on Grade:

1. Exterior and interior concrete slabs on grade shall be poured as required under this Section. Base shall be accurately leveled and compacted prior to placing of concrete.

2. Typically, interior slabs on grade shall be poured over a minimum of four (4 inch) inches of compacted crushed rock, unless otherwise indicated, over a vapor retarder.

3. Protect slab on grade subbase from moisture prior to placing concrete. Avoid wetting rock layer to allow adequate concrete curing and avoid future vapor transmission. If the subbase has been wet excessively, verify that water has been eliminated prior to placement of concrete.

4. Vapor Retarder installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and ASTM E 1643-98.

a. Unroll Vapor Retarder with the longest dimension parallel with the direction of the pour.

b. Lap Vapor Retarder over footings and seal to foundation walls. c. Overlap joints 6 inches and seal with specified tape. d. Seal all penetrations (including pipes) per manufacturer’s instructions. e. No penetration of the Vapor Retarder is allowed except for reinforcing steel and

permanent utilities. f. Repair damaged areas by cutting patches of Vapor Retarder, overlapping

damaged area 6 inches and taping all four sides with tape.

F. Control Jointing - Slabs on Grade: 1. Joints shall be in locations indicated on Drawings, or as directed by Architect. 2. Joints in interior slabs shall be made by one of following methods:

a. By use of construction joints laid out in checkerboard pattern; pour and allow alternate slabs to set; fill out balance of checkerboard pattern with second pour.

b. By use of dummy groove joints at least 1/4 depth of slab, and at least 1/8 inch wide. These joints may be sawcut as soon as wet concrete can support the weight of the equipment and operator. Delaying sawcutting past this point will make jointing ineffective.

3. Control jointing in exterior paving slabs shall be laid out in a checkerboard pattern; pour as described above, but with joint edges tooled to provide a uniform joint at least 3/8 inch in depth.

4. Slab reinforcing need not be terminated at control joints. 5. Construction and expansion joints shall be counted as control joints.

G. Expansion Joints :

1. Unless otherwise indicated, use 3/8 inch thick expansion joint filler. See Section 2.1 H 2. Joints in interior slabs on grade shall be only in locations indicated.3. Joints in exterior slabs on

grade shall be installed at each side of structures, at curb transitions opposite apron joints, at ends

Page 19: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 033000 – CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 10 of 14

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

of curb returns, at back of curb when adjacent to sidewalk, and at uniformly spaced intervals not exceeding 20 feet.

4. Edges of concrete at joints shall be edger finished to approximately 3/8 inch radius. 5. Interrupt reinforcing at all expansion joints.

H. Score markings on exterior slabs on grade shall be located as indicated. Where not indicated, mark

slabs into rectangles of not less than 12 square feet nor more than 20 square feet using a scoring tool which will leave edges of score markings rounded.

3.2 CURING AND PROTECTION

A. Curing: Exposed surfaces of all concrete used in structure shall be maintained in a moist condition for at least 7 days after placing. The following final curing processes shall normally be considered to accomplish this. Concrete shall be maintained at not less than 50 degrees F nor more than 100 degrees F for a period of 72 hours after being deposited. 1. Flatwork to be exposed, stained, or painted shall have curing process submitted and approved by

the architect prior to construction. 2. Initial Curing Process - Flat Work:

a. Mist Spraying: As soon as troweling of concrete surfaces is completed, exposed concrete shall be sprayed continuously with a special atomizer spray nozzle, capable of producing a fine mist. Spraying shall be done without any dripping of water from nozzle. Amount of spraying shall be such as to maintain surface of concrete moist without any water accumulating on surface. Maintain spraying for a minimum of 12 hours, or until such time as hereinafter described curing process is applied. Mist spraying will not normally be required when the ambient air temperature is below 90 degrees F.

3. Final Curing Process - Flatwork: Except as noted, use any of following: a. Water Curing: Concrete shall be kept wet by mechanical sprinklers or by any other approved

method which will keep surfaces continuously wet. b. Saturated Burlap Curing: Finished surfaces shall be covered with a minimum of two layers of

heavy burlap which shall be kept saturated during the curing period. c. Curing Compounds: Membrane curing compounds of chlorinated rubber or resin type

conforming to ASTM C309 may be used only if specifically approved by Architect. Use of membrane curing compound will not be permitted on surfaces to be painted, or to receive ceramic tile, membrane water-proofing or hardeners and sealers. Membrane curing compound may be used in areas to receive resilient floor tile, provided it is wax-free, compatible with adhesive used and approved by adhesive manufacturer. Agitate curing compounds thoroughly by mechanical means continuously during use and spray or brush uniformly in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Apply immediately following final finishing operation. All curing compounds shall conform to State of California Air Resources Board VOC Regulations.

d. Waterproof paper conforming to ASTM C 171, or opaque polyethylene film, may be used. Concrete shall be covered immediately following final finishing operation. Anchor paper or film securely and seal all edges in such a manner as to prevent moisture escaping from concrete.

4. Curing Process - Formed Surfaces: Forms heated by sun shall be kept moist during curing period. If forms are to be removed during curing period, curing as described for flatwork shall be commenced immediately.

B. Refer to Drawings for areas of concrete slab not to receive curing compounds or hardening compounds.

Where concrete floors are to receive heavy duty coatings, waterproof coatings and the like, verify with coating installer the type of finish required for specified coating.

C. Protection: Contractor shall be responsible for protection of finished concrete against injury by rain,

cold, vibration, animal tracks, marking by visitors, vandalism, etc.

Page 20: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 033000 – CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 11 of 14

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

D. Provide additional curing agents or compounds, not necessarily listed herein, but as recommended and

or required for use with shake type hardeners or other special coatings and coverings by their manufacturers for a complete and proper installation.

3.3 FINISHES

A. Formed Surfaces: 1. Rough Form Finish: Surfaces shall be reasonably true to line and plane with no specified

requirements for selected facing materials. Tie holes and defects shall be patched and fins exceeding 1/4 inch in height shall be rubbed down with wooden blocks. Fins and other rough spots at surfaces to receive membrane waterproofing shall be completely removed and the surfaces rubbed smooth. Otherwise, surfaces shall be left with the texture imparted by forms. a. Rough finish shall be used for the following areas:

1) Below grade and unexposed surfaces. 2.. Smooth Plywood Form Finish: Finish shall be true to line and plane. Tie holes and defects shall

have been patched and ground with surface fins removed. Arrangement of plywood sheets shall be orderly, symmetrical, as large as practical and free of torn grain or worn edges. Surface concrete shall be treated with 1 part muriatic acid, in three parts water solution, followed immediately by a thorough rinsing with clear water. Surfaces which are glazed, have efflorescence, or traces of form oil, curing compounds or parting compounds shall be cleaned or treated to match other formed surfaces, except as otherwise indicated or specified. a. Smooth Plywood Form Finish shall be used for the following areas:

1) All surfaces above grade unless otherwise specified. 2) At Contractor's option, may also be used in lieu of rough form finish.

3. Smooth Plastic Liner Finish: Surface shall be smooth, concrete free of honeycombing, air pockets larger than 1/8 inch in diameter, and fins. a. This finish shall be used only where indicated on the Drawings.

B. Flatwork:

1. Unless otherwise indicated or specified, flatwork shall have an integral monolithic finish. 2. Integral Monolithic Finish: Apply as soon as freshly poured concrete slabs will bear weight of

workers. Pour slabs full thickness to finish floor elevations indicated. At proper time, tamp surface repeatedly with a wire mesh or grid tamper in a manner to force aggregate down below surface and to bring sufficient mortar to surface to provide for a smooth coating of cement mortar over entire surface. Allow surface mortar to partially set, then float with wooden floats and finish with one of following, as required. a. Broom Finish: Steel trowel surface to a smooth dense surface free of lines, tool marks, cat

faces and other imperfections. After troweling, and before final set, give surface a broom finish, brushing in direction noted on Drawings, or as directed. Broom finish shall be used typically on exterior flatwork except as otherwise indicated or specified and shall be "medium" texture as approved by Architect.

b. Smooth Steel Trowel Finish: Apply 2 steel trowelings to obtain hard, smooth surface. All lips, irregularities, uneven levels, etc. shall be worked out before last troweling. All interior flatwork shall have a smooth steel trowel finish unless specified otherwise.

3. Tolerances: a. For tolerances not indicated, refer to ACI 117.

Page 21: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 033000 – CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 12 of 14

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

b. Slabs on grade – Comply with FF & FL as specified by Architect, or at a minimum shall be sufficiently even to contact a 10' long straightedge with a tolerance of 1/8 inch.

c. Concrete over metal deck – Refer to Section 05 30 00 for minimum requirements. d. Elevated slabs – Comply with Architectural requirements. e. Finished surfaces of exterior integral finished flatwork shall not vary more than 1/4 inch from a

10' long straightedge, except at grade changes.

C. Sacked Surfaces: Exposed surfaces that are unacceptable in appearance to the Architect shall be sacked. 1. Prepare concrete surfaces in accordance with the referenced standards. Remove any form release

materials by stoning by hand, power grinding or other method approved by the Architect. 2. Prepare concrete surfaces to receive sack finishing with a light sand blasting. 3. For best results, grout application and rubbing should be performed when areas to be treated are

shaded and during cool, damp weather. When work is to be performed in hot and dry weather, a fog spray should be available for continuous use.

4. Prepare grout samples for matching of concrete surfaces for approval by the Architect. These shall be made in the following proportions of gray cement to white cement to sand: 1:1:2, 1:2:3, and 2:1:3, etc. until the correct matching color is obtained on the test areas. Sand should be fine enough to pass the Number 30 sieve. Mixes should be made to a good workable consistency in a clean container and the mix with the best color chosen, or modified if needed.

5. Provide sufficient qualities of sand and cement from the same source for the complete work at the job site.

6. Mixing and Application: a. Mixing of grout on the job should be timed for it to be used up within 1 to 1-1/2 hours. b. Let the grout stand 20 to 30 minutes after mixing, and then remixed before applying. c. Soak the concrete surface thoroughly with water at least 15 minutes before applying grout and

again just before application so that the surface is adequately wet during the operation. d. Apply grout with plasterer's trowel or sponge rubber float in sweeping strokes from the bottom

up. Brush or spray gun applications may be used when approved by the Architect. e. Work in freshly applied grout vigorously with a sponge rubber float, then let sit until some of its

plasticity is gone but not until it loses its damp appearance. At this point it shall be rubbed with clean, dry burlap to remove the excess grout, leaving no visible film on the surface but filling all air holes.

f. Keep the surface wet for a day after grouting and sack rubbing are completed. 7. Alternate methods of application and materials shall be subject to the approval of the Architect.

3.4 PATCHING

A. Formed Surfaces: 1. Promptly upon removal of contact forms and after concrete surfaces have been inspected, form ties

shall be removed and all necessary patching and pointing shall be expertly done. 2. Honeycombed areas shall be removed down to sound concrete, coated with a bonding grout or

approved compound and patched using a low shrinkage high bond mortar. Patched areas shall be cured by being kept damp for at least 5 days.

3. Tie holes shall be cleaned, dampened and filled solid with patching mortar or cement plugs of an approved variety.

B. Slabs on Grade: After entire slab is finished, shrinkage cracks that may appear shall be patched as

follows: 1. Where slab is not exposed or where appearance is not important, cracks larger than 1/32 inch wide

shall be filled with cement grout and struck off level with surface.

Page 22: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 033000 – CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 13 of 14

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

2. Where slab is exposed and appearance is important, unsightly cracks shall be repaired in a manner satisfactory in appearance to Architect. If this cannot be accomplished, concrete shall be considered defective.

3.5 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE

A. Defective concrete shall mean any of the following:

1. Concrete not meeting 100 percent of the specified 28 day compressive strength. 2. Concrete exhibiting rock pockets, voids, spalls, streaks, cracks, exposed reinforcing to extent that

strength, durability, or appearance is adversely affected. 3. Concrete significantly out of place, line, or level. 4. Concrete not containing the required embedded items.

B. Upon determination that concrete strength is defective:

1. Should cylinder tests fall below minimum strength specified, concrete mix for remainder of work shall be adjusted to produce required strength. Core samples shall be taken and tested from cast-in-place concrete where cylinders and samples indicate inferior concrete with less than minimum specified strength. a. Cores of hardened concrete shall be taken and tested in accordance with ASTM C 42 and C

39. Number and location of such cores shall be subject to the approval of Architect. b. Cost of core sampling and testing will be paid for by the Contractor. c. “85 percent” reduction in ACI 318 Section 5.6.5.4 will not justify low cylinder tests.

C. Upon determining that concrete surface is defective, Contractor may restore concrete to acceptable

condition by cutting, chipping, pointing, patching, grinding, if this can be done without significantly altering strength of structure. Permission to patch defective areas will not be considered a waiver of the right to require removal if patching does not, in the opinion of the Architect, satisfactorily restore quality and appearance.

D. If core tests indicate that concrete is below the strength specified, or if patching does not restore

concrete to specified quality and appearance, the concrete shall be deemed defective, and shall be removed and replaced without additional cost to the Owner.

E. No repair work shall begin until procedure has been reviewed by the Architect and Structural Engineer.

3.6 SURFACE HARDENER AND SEALER

A. Seal all interior exposed flatwork with clear sealer, except surfaces receiving ceramic tile, quarry tile, poured flooring or other special finishes specified, or as scheduled on the Drawings. 1. Apply sealer in 2 or 3 coats, in accordance with manufacturer's directions, using the maximum

quantity recommended. a. Concrete floors must be thoroughly cured for a minimum of 30 days and completely dry before

treatment. b. Surfaces to be treated must be clean, free of membrane curing compounds, dust, oil, grease

and other foreign matter. c. Upon completion, concrete surfaces shall be clean and without discoloration or traces of

excess hardener left on the surface.

B. Apply sprayable hardener/sealer at locations as scheduled or as indicated on the Drawings. Apply in accordance with the manufacturer's favorably reviewed application instructions and recommendations.

3.7 GROUTING

Page 23: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 033000 – CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 14 of 14

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

A. Prepare and place grout materials at locations as indicated on the Drawings in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and installation instructions.

B. Pack grout materials solidly between bearing surfaces and bases or plates as indicated and to ensure

no voids. 3.8 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Remove all debris, excess materials, tools and equipment resulting from or used in this operation at completion of this work.

END OF SECTION 03 30 00

Page 24: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 5

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

SECTION 053000

METAL DECKING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. The requirements of Division 1 apply to all Work of this Section. 1.2 SCOPE

A. Provide all steel decking, accessories and cutting and reinforcing of all holes as indicated on Drawings and specified here.

1.3 RELATED WORK (See also Table of Contents):

A. Cast-in-place concrete: Section 03 30 00.. B. Holes for Mechanical and Electrical Work: Divisions 21, 22, and 26.

1. Cutting and reinforcing of holes for plumbing and electrical conduits shall be part of this work providing holes are located by the mechanical and electrical contractors prior to or during installation. Cutting and reinforcing of holes after installation shall be the responsibility of those trades requiring them.

2. Miscellaneous connection requirements for Mechanical and Electrical Work: Divisions 21, 22 and 26.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Standards and References: (Latest Edition unless otherwise noted) 1. 2013 California Building Code (CBC), 2. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). "Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed

Steel Structural Members." 3. American Welding Society (AWS): AWS D-1.3 "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel".

B. Submittals: (Submit under Provisions of Section 01 33 00) 1. Shop Drawings. Submittal required. Indicate deck sheet layout and all installation details.

Contract documents may not be used as shop drawings. 2. Manufacturer's specifications for each Deck Type. Submittal required. 3. Certification: Provide affidavits from the manufacturer listing mill test certificates by

number for each size and type of decking. 4. Manufacturer shall provide affidavits of approval by the International Code Council

Evaluation Service (ICC-ES) for the metal decking shapes proposed. 5. Floor areas to receive concrete fill over metal deck: Provide a work plan detailing the

means and methods to be used for placement of concrete, including screeding procedures and locations of any construction joints, which will achieve the performance criteria noted in Section 2.1. A pre-construction meeting shall be scheduled by the General Contractor, to include the concrete sub-contractor, Architect, Structural Engineer, and Owner’s Representative to discuss the work plan and performance objectives.

Page 25: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 053000- METAL DECKING

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 5

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

C. Tests and Inspections: 1. A testing program is required prior to start of construction. Testing program to be done

In Compliance with the 2013 CBC requirements and in collaboration with Testing Laboratory, Design team, contractor, owner and submitted for review by the agency in charge of building enforcement. Requirements below are minimum requirements; additional requirements may be required in final testing program.

2. All materials, methods and equipment shall be subject to inspections by the Testing Laboratory at any time.

3. Material Testing: Test reports establishing conformity to the specifications shall be furnished to the Owner for each heat prior to installation.

4. Welding Inspection: Welding of metal deck shall be performed under the inspection of the Testing Laboratory. Inspection shall conform to CBC Section 1704.

5. Powder Actuated Fasteners (shotpins): Where decking is attached with shotpins, the pins shall be inspected for proper installation by a special inspector. Twenty-five percent (25%) of all pins shall be verified using the inspection tool supplied by Hilti Inc.

1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING

A. Protect metal decking before installation and protect the installed work and materials of other trades.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - DECK SYSTEMS

A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. ASC Steel Deck. 2. Verco Manufacturing Co. 3. Manufacturers of materials are indicated to set a standard for design and product

performances. 4. Subject to the requirements of Division 1, products of manufacturers not indicated may

be proposed for substitution, provided that they are equal in design, product performance and warranty to the products specified and have ICBO approval.

5. The burden of proof of equality of proposed products is on the Contractor.

B. Provide deck sections, type and gage as indicated on the drawings. Other manufacturers producing deck complying with these Specifications, and having equivalent properties and dimensions will be subject to the Architect’s review upon submission of substantiating data, and may be used only if equivalent to deck sections specified, in the Architect’s opinion.

C. All deck units shall be approved by International Code Council Evaluation Service (ICC-ES)

for use as a diaphragm. 1. Diaphragm shear capacities shall be comparable (within 5%) to those listed on the

drawings for the deck, welding, and spans indicated.

D. Units shall be in lengths to span two or more supports. Where steel layout does not permit two-span minimums, notify the Structural Engineer prior to fabrication.

E. For limitations of loads to metal decking see Section 01 84 15. F. All deck units shall have male and female interlocking side joints. G. All deck units with concrete or insulating concrete shall be vented to provide 1% open area.

Page 26: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 053000- METAL DECKING

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 5

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

H. Prior to covering or filling with insulation, roofing, or placing concrete over metal decking,

verify and coordinate installation requirements of suspended metal framing, suspended acoustical ceiling systems, mechanical and electrical work or other items as required. Provide inserts, clips, anchors or fasteners as indicated or as otherwise required to provide for the complete and proper installation of suspended items from the metal deck. 1. Verify and coordinate locations, patterns, spacing, etc. of suspension members and

connectors required by other Sections of the Specifications and as shown on drawings. 2. Where suspension or hanger wires are required under other Sections, verify and

coordinate locations, patterns, spacings, etc. with the appropriate trade. Drill holes at bottom of deck flutes of sufficient size to pass support wires. Wire supports shall be looped and secured with a minimum of three (3) tight turns around a minimum 1-1/2" x 8" long furring channel or No. 3 x 12" long reinforcing bar centered above the hole and laid in the deck flutes. Pig-tail loops into the concrete will not be permitted unless approved by the General Contractor. Place no wires in flute with side lap.

3. At unfilled metal deck or as otherwise indicated, required or shown, provide individual 18 gauge by 1-1/2" wide galvanized hanger tabs 6" long and having 2" round holes for attaching tie wires. Tabs shall be hooked over male portion of each edge joint at 16" on center before female joint of next sheet is placed over it. As an alternate, #3x12" long reinforcing bars centered above the hole and laid in the deck flutes may be used. No loading other than suspended ceilings may be suspended from metal deck without concrete fill. Suspend all piping, ducting, conduit and equipment from steel beams.

I. Structural Properties: Deck shall have minimum structural properties as indicated on

Structural Drawings. J. Accessories to be furnished shall include the following:

1. Cell closures where shown on Drawings. 2. Light gauge plate fillers attached to deck to provide an uninterrupted roof plane. 3. Drain sumps and/or roof drain mounting plates as detailed. 4. Cell end closures column flashing and miscellaneous closures to prevent concrete

leakage. 5. Miscellaneous accessories incidental to erection of deck.

K. At concrete filled metal deck floors: 1. The final top of concrete elevation shall not deviate by more than 3/8” above or below the

top of concrete elevation noted on plan. 2. Floor flatness for concrete over metal deck shall conform to ACI 117. Unless stricter

requirements are specified by the Architect, floor flatness for the completed overall floor area shall meet the following minimum values:

Specified Overall Value for Flatness (SOFF): 25 Minimum Local Value for Flatness (MLFF): 17 Areas of non-compliance shall be reviewed by the Owner and Architect and may require additional floor leveling or grinding. The cost of any remedial action shall be borne by the Contractor.

3. In no case shall the depth of concrete over metal deck be less than that specified on plan. Note that the concrete depth will vary due to deck and beam deflections during concrete placement, and shall be considered in the estimating of concrete volume, cost and placement strategies.

L. At concrete filled metal deck roofs:

Page 27: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 053000- METAL DECKING

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 4 of 5

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

1. Concrete over metal deck at roofs shall be placed to maintain the design thickness specified on plan at all locations within the roof area.

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Provide deck of type and gage shown on the drawings. Deck units and all necessary items shall be formed from steel sheets conforming to ASTM-A653, structural quality. The steel sheets shall have received, before being formed, a metal protective coating of zinc conforming to ASTM-A653 Class G60 coating.

B. Powder Actuated Fasteners (shotpins): Where decking is attached with shotpins, they shall

be by Hilti Inc., of the type indicated on the drawings and ICC-ES approved for use in a diaphragm.

C. Welding rods: E60XX minimum.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine areas to receive work specified. Do not begin work until underlying work is

complete, all required inspections have been made, and all conditions which might prevent proper installation or impair performance of work have been corrected.

B. Beginning installation means accepting conditions of underlying work. C. If supporting steel work is not properly aligned or sufficiently level to permit proper bearing of

metal decking, such deficiency shall be corrected by the Contractor before placing units. 3.2 ERECTION

A. Deck shall be laid true to line, shall conform to profile shown on Drawings, and shall be without deformations, creases, wrinkles or noticeable defects.

B. Connections: Deck shall be secured to structural frame by use of 3/4" diameter fusion welds.

Minimum number and spacing of connections shall be as indicated on Structural Drawings. C. The metal deck shall be fastened to all structural members both parallel and perpendicular.

Spread deck and modify layout where structural members are parallel to the metal deck ribs. D. Bend decking to conform to slopes and warps as required for solid contact to framing that

allows proper welding. E. Shoring for metal decking shall be provided by the contractor as required and as indicated in

the corresponding ICC-ES report. Coordinate shoring requirements for construction live load (and concrete placement) with the manufacturer.

F. All deck units shall break over beams. G. Provide low ribs at all beams parallel to deck. As an alternate, the deck may be broken and

infilled with a flat pan to provide deck welding to parallel beams. H. Butt deck units tight over steel beams.

Page 28: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 053000- METAL DECKING

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 5 of 5

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

I. Provide ¾” clear concrete cover around all welded studs.

3.3 DEFECTIVE DECK

A. Units of decking that become deformed or damaged to such extent that they are weakened or unsuitable for use shall be removed and replaced at no cost to the Owner.

3.4 TOUCH UP AND CLEANING

A. All welds and abrasions on deck surfaces not covered by concrete shall be touched up using a zinc dust-zinc oxide primer.

B. Burn spots on supporting exposed steel shall be touched up with same primer as used on

adjacent surface. C. Clean surfaces of installed deck by effective means to receive sprayed-on fireproofing or

finish painting as indicated.

END OF SECTION 05 30 00

Page 29: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 3

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

SECTION 054000

COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. The requirements of Division 1 apply to all Work in the Section. 1.2 SCOPE

A. Furnish and install all components and related items pertaining to cold-formed metal framing systems.

1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE (See also Table of Contents)

A. Cast-in-place concrete: Section 03 30 00.

B. Metal Deck: Section 05 30 00.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. General: 1. Welders: Qualified for welding in horizontal, vertical, and overhead positions in

accordance with AWS D1.3. 2. Wall system shall provide for movement of components without damage, failure of joint

seals, undue stress on fasteners, or other detrimental effects when subject to seasonal or cyclic day/night temperatures.

3. Wall system shall accommodate construction tolerances, deflection of building structural members, and clearances of intended openings.

B. Standards and References: (Latest Edition unless noted otherwise)

1. 2013 California Building Code (CBC), 2. ASTM A653 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-

Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.. 3. Framing components shall conform to Standards of the Steel Stud Manufacturers

Association (ICC-ES ER-3064P). C. Submittals: (Submit under provisions of Section 01 33 00).

1. Manufacturers catalog with sizes to be used indicated. 2. ICC-ES report. 3. Mill certificates verifying steel properties.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Protect metal framing units from rusting and damage. B. Deliver to Project site in manufacturer's unopened containers or bundles, identified with

name, brand, type and grade. C. Store off ground in a dry ventilated space or protect with suitable waterproof covering.

Page 30: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 054000 – COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 3

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ACCEPTED MANUFACTURERS

A. Members of the Steel Stud Manufacturer’s Association (SSMA), or approved equal. 2.2 METAL FRAMING

A. System Components: Provide steel studs, joists, tracks, straps, runners, blocking, lintels, clip angles, shoes, reinforcements, fasteners, and accessories as shown on the Drawings for applications indicated. All studs, joists, tracks, and blocking shall conform to ICC-ES ER-3064P.

B. Materials and Finishes:

1. 54 Mils (16 Gauge) and Thicker: Fabricate metal framing components of structural quality (SQ) steel sheet with a minimum yield point of 50,000-psi, conforming to ASTM A653, SS Grade 50 Class 1 or ASTM A1003, Grade 50 Type H (ST50H).

2. 43 Mils (18 Gauge) and Thinner: Fabricate metal framing components of structural quality (SQ) steel sheet with a minimum yield point of 33,000-psi, conforming to ASTM A653, SS Grade 33 or ASTM A1003, Grade 33 Type H (ST33H).

3. Finish: Galvanized complying with ASTM A653, G60. Finish accessories to match main framing components.

C. See drawings for section properties and details. D. Studs and joists shall be of the size, shape, and gauge indicated, with a flange and flange

return lip as shown on the Structural Drawings. E. Welding Electrodes: E60XX. F. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc-dust content paint for repair of galvanized surfaces

damaged by welding. G. Material Thickness: All sections are to be roll formed in various depths with the following

minimum bare metal thicknesses:

Minimum Thickness (inch)

Minimum Design Thickness (inch)

Gauge

Mils

0.0179 0.0329 0.0428 0.0538 0.0677 0.0966 0.1180

0.0188 0.0346 0.0451 0.0566 0.0713 0.1017 0.1240

25 20 18 16 14 12 10

18 33 43 54 68 97 118

PART 3 - EXECUTION

Page 31: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 054000 – COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 3

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install metal framing systems in accordance with the Structural Drawings. Where drawings conflict with manufacturer’s recommendations, the Structural Drawings will govern.

B. Runner Tracks:

1. Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. See Structural Drawings. 2. Align at base and tops of studs. 3. Attach tracks with screws, welding, bolting or shotpins as indicated on the Structural

Drawings. 4. Fasten corners and ends of tracks as shown.

C. Studs:

1. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for non-plumb walls or warped surfaces.

2. Where studs abut structural columns or walls, anchor ends of stiffeners to supporting structure.

3. Secure studs to top and bottom runner tracks by screw fastening at both flanges. 4. Install studs in one piece for full height; splicing of studs is not permitted. 5. Provide deflection allowance of 1/2" minimum in stud track, directly below horizontal

building framing for all non-bearing wall framing. See Structural Drawings. 6. Install ends of studs tight to web of track at all bearing wall framing. Compress track

against end of stud as required to achieve tight fit prior to installation of stud to track screw attachments. See Structural Drawings.

7. Install supplementary backing and bracing wherever walls or partitions are indicated to support equipment, services, casework, heavy trim and furnishings and similar work requiring attachment to wall or partition. Comply with stud manufacturer's instructions and industry standards.

8. See Structural Drawings for opening framing. 9. Frame both sides of expansion and control joints, with separate studs; do not bridge the

joint with components of stud system. 10. Install one row of metal blocking or bridging at mid-height of all studs over 10'-0" in height

in addition to bracing that may be required at studs that do not receive sheathing (see item 11 below).

11. Install strapping to all sides of studs that do not receive sheathing as indicated on the structural drawings.

3.2 TOUCH-UP PAINTING

A. Touch-up shop-applied protective coatings damaged during handling and installation. B. Use compatible primer for prime coated surfaces; use galvanizing repair paint for galvanized

surfaces.

END OF SECTION 05 40 00

Page 32: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

SECTION 055000

METAL FABRICATIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate installation of metal fabrications that are anchored to or that receive other work. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."

B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:

1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." 2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects.

SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Steel framing and supports for mechanical and electrical equipment and rolling doors.

2. Applications where framing and supports are not specified in other Sections.

3. Elevator hoist beam. 4. Access roof ladders.

Page 33: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.

2.2 METALS

A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes.

B. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.

C. Stainless-Steel Sheet, Strip, and Plate: ASTM A 240/A 240M or ASTM A 666, Type 304 at interior and Type 316L at exterior fabrications.

D. Stainless-Steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 276, Type 304 at interior and Type 316L at exterior fabrications.

E. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500/A 500M, cold-formed steel tubing.

F. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Standard Weight (Schedule 40) unless otherwise indicated.

G. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold-formed metal box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4.

1. Size of Channels: As indicated.

H. Cast Iron: Either gray iron, ASTM A 48/A 48M, or malleable iron, ASTM A 47/A 47M, unless otherwise indicated.

I. Aluminum Plate and Sheet: ASTM B 209, Alloy 6061-T6.

J. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T6.

K. Aluminum-Alloy Rolled Tread Plate: ASTM B 632/B 632M, Alloy 6061-T6.

L. Nickel Silver Extrusions: ASTM B 151/B 151M, Alloy UNS No. C74500.

M. Nickel Silver Castings: ASTM B 584, Alloy UNS No. C97600 (20 percent leaded nickel bronze).

2.3 FASTENERS

A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 304 at interior and Type 316 at exterior locations, stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required.

1. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening aluminum. 2. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening stainless steel. 3. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening nickel silver.

Page 34: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

B. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts, ASTM A 307, Grade A; with hex nuts, ASTM A 563; and, where indicated, flat washers.

C. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts, ASTM A 325, Type 3; with hex nuts, ASTM A 563, Grade C3; and, where indicated, flat washers.

D. Stainless-Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head annealed stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F 593; with hex nuts, ASTM F 594; and, where indicated, flat washers; Alloy Group 1 at interior and Group 2 at exterior locations.

E. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, of dimensions indicated; with nuts, ASTM A 563; and, where indicated, flat washers.

1. Hot-dip galvanize or provide mechanically deposited, zinc coating where item being fastened is indicated to be galvanized.

F. Anchors, General: Anchors capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488/E 488M, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.

G. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Either threaded type or wedge type unless otherwise indicated; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47/A 47M malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, all hot-dip galvanized per ASTM F 2329.

H. Post-Installed Anchors: Torque-controlled expansion anchors.

1. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated.

2. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel Is Indicated: Alloy Group 1 and Group 2 stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F 593, and nuts, ASTM F 594.

I. Slotted-Channel Inserts: Cold-formed, hot-dip galvanized-steel box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4, 1-5/8 by 7/8 inches by length indicated with anchor straps or studs not less than 3 inches long at not more than 8 inches o.c. Provide with temporary filler and tee-head bolts, complete with washers and nuts, all zinc-plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, as needed for fastening to inserts.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Divison 09 Sections "Exterior Painting" and “Interior Painting."

B. Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat.

1. Use primer containing pigments that make it easily distinguishable from zinc-rich primer.

Page 35: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 4 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

C. Water-Based Primer: Emulsion type, anticorrosive primer for mildly corrosive environments that is resistant to flash rusting when applied to cleaned steel, complying with MPI#107 and compatible with topcoat.

D. Epoxy Zinc-Rich Primer: Complying with MPI#20 and compatible with topcoat.

E. Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Primer formulated for exterior use over zinc-coated metal and compatible with finish paint systems indicated.

F. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it.

G. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187/D 1187M.

H. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications.

2.5 PREMANUFACTURED ALUMINUM LADDERS

A. General: Comply with ANSI A14.3, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Support each ladder at top and bottom and not more than 60 inches o.c. with welded or bolted brackets, made from same metal as ladder.

2.6 FABRICATION, GENERAL

A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.

B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.

C. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work.

D. Form exposed work with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges.

E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following:

1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals.

2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness

shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface.

Page 36: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 5 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or welds where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat-head (countersunk) fasteners unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous.

G. Fabricate seams and other connections that are exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.

H. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items.

I. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads.

J. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors, 1/8 by 1-1/2 inches, with a minimum 6-inch embedment and 2-inch hook, not less than 8 inches from ends and corners of units and 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated.

2.7 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS

A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work.

B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction.

1. Fabricate units from slotted channel framing where indicated. 2. Furnish inserts for units installed after concrete is placed.

C. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports where indicated.

D. Prime miscellaneous framing and supports with zinc-rich primer where indicated.

2.8 LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES

A. Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete construction. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting.

B. Galvanize plates.

C. Prime plates with zinc-rich primer.

2.9 STEEL WELD PLATES AND ANGLES

A. Provide steel weld plates and angles not specified in other Sections, for items supported from concrete construction as needed to complete the Work. Provide each unit with no fewer than two integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete.

Page 37: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 6 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

2.10 PREMANUFACTURED ALUMINUM LADDERS

A. General: Comply with ANSI A14.3, unless otherwise indicated.

1. For lift pit ladders, comply with ASME A17.1. 2. Support each ladder at top and bottom and not more than 60 inches o.c. with welded or bolted

brackets, made from same metal as ladder.

B. Rungs: 1-1/4 inch minimum section, 18-3/8 inches long, tubular aluminum extrusions, alloy 6063-T5, squared and deeply serrated on all sides to provide maximum grip and foot traction. Rungs to be able to withstand a 1,000-pound load without failure.

C. Heavy Duty, Tubular Side Rails: Assembled from 2 interlocking aluminum extrusions minimum 0125 inch wall thickness by 3 inches wide, with self-locking stainless steel fasteners, full penetration inert-gas heliarc welds, and clean smooth, and burr-free surfaces.

D. Finish: Standard mill finish.

2.11 FINISHES, GENERAL

A. Finish metal fabrications after assembly.

B. Finish exposed surfaces to remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, and to blend into surrounding surface.

2.12 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES

A. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A 123/A 123M for other steel and iron products.

1. Do not quench or apply post galvanizing treatments that might interfere with paint adhesion.

B. Preparation for Shop Priming Galvanized Items: After galvanizing, thoroughly clean railings of grease, dirt, oil, flux, and other foreign matter, and treat with metallic phosphate process.

C. Shop prime iron and steel items not indicated to be galvanized unless they are to be embedded in concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing, or masonry, or unless otherwise indicated.

D. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces to comply with requirements indicated below:

1. Exterior Items: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 2. Items Indicated to Receive Zinc-Rich Primer: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast

Cleaning." 3. Items Indicated to Receive Primers Specified in Section 099600 "High-Performance Coatings":

SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 4. Other Items: SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."

Page 38: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 7 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

E. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting.

1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels.

B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections.

C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:

1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals.

2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness

shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface.

D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction. Provide threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through bolts, lag screws, wood screws, and other connectors.

E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction.

F. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that come into contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with the following:

1. Cast Aluminum: Heavy coat of bituminous paint. 2. Extruded Aluminum: Two coats of clear lacquer.

3.2 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS

A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings.

B. Anchor supports for overhead doors securely to, and rigidly brace from, building structure.

Page 39: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 8 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

END OF SECTION 055000

Page 40: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 5

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

SECTION 055100

METAL STAIRS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

A. Requirements of Division 1 apply to all Work of this Section. 1.2 SCOPE:

A. Furnish and install all metal stairs, intermediate landings, handrails and railings, and associated accessories including plates, angles, hangers and struts for securing to building structure.

1.3 RELATED WORK (See also Table of Contents)

A. Pre-engineered Metal Buildings: Section 13 34 19.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. General:

1. Fabricator: Regularly providing work of type required for not less than five years. 2. Installer shall have a minimum of two years experience in the satisfactory installation of

metal stairs. 4. For conditions where specific details are not shown, detailing shall be identical or similar

to corresponding and comparable details. Should there by any questions, contact the Architect prior to proceeding.

5. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication where possible; do not delay job progress; allow for trimming and fitting where necessary.

6. Comply with code requirements for stair and railing design to provide handicap access. 7. Welders performing welding on stairs shall be qualified in conformance with AWS D1.1 8. Concrete for treads and landings shall attain a minimum strength of 3000 psi in 28 days.

Use a minimum of two #3 rebar at the mid-height of the concrete tread thickness and #3 at 18"cc each way at the landings.

9. Metal stair surfaces furnished to the Project site primed and not scheduled or indicated to be covered by an applied floor covering will be painted as specified in Section 09 90 00.

10. Specified primer shall be compatible with finish coats of paint. Coordinate selection of metal primer with finish paint requirements specified in Section 09 90 00.

11. Field verify dimensions prior to fabrication to insure that materials and/or connections do not interfere with architectural clearances and finishes.

B. Standards and References: (Latest Edition unless otherwise noted)

1. American Welding Society (AWS): D1.1, Structural Welding Code. 2. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM):

a. Metal Stairs Manual. b. Pipe Rail Manual.

3. 2013 California Building Code (CBC), 4. California Building Code requirements for the physically handicapped.

Page 41: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 055100 – METAL STAIRS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 5

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

5. AISC: American Institute of Steel Construction (Steel Manual) 6. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC)

C. Design Criteria:

1. Stairs and landings shall support a minimum uniform live load of 100-psf with a safety factor as required by code and individual stair treads shall support a 300-pound concentrated load placed in a position which would cause maximum stress.

2. Railings shall be designed to resist a load of at least 200-pounds applied in any direction at any point to the top rail and also a vertical and horizontal thrust of 50-pounds per lineal foot applied to the top rail.

3. All loading conditions resulting in eccentricities or torsion to beams and/or columns shall be resolved by the installation of stiffeners and diagonal struts designed, supplied, and installed by the stair supplier.

4. Stair assemblies shall be designed for seismic loads per ASCE 7-10 Section 13.3. Rp = 2.5. Seismic forces and interstory drift shall be accounted for in the design and detailing. Resolve forces and brace to main structure.

5. Maximum allowable Live Load deflection = L/360.

D. Submittals: (Submit under provisions of Section 01 33 00) 1. Submit shop drawings and calculations signed by a Civil Engineer, registered in the state

of California, for review by the Architect/Engineer and approval by the enforcement agency prior to fabrication.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: For surfaces exposed to view, use materials which are smooth and free of surface blemishes including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names and roughness.

B. Metal Stairs and Intermediate Landings.

1. Stair pans and risers shall be minimum 10 - gauge material. Actual gauge as required by design.

2. Stringer and member sizes indicated on drawings shall be the minimum sizes allowed. Flat plate stringers are not acceptable substitutions

C. Steel Sections, Plates, Shapes and Bars: ASTM A36. D. Structural Steel Sheet: Hot rolled, ASTM A570; or cold rolled, ASTM A611, Class 1; or grade

required for design loading. E. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Type S seamless, grade as selected by fabricator and as required for

design loading; minimum standard weight, STD or Schedule 40. F. Steel Tubing: Cold formed ASTM A500; or hot rolled, ASTM A501; minimum Grade B;

seamless where exposed. G. Castings: Gray iron, ASTM A48, Class 30; malleable iron, ASTM A47. H. Concrete Inserts: Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either malleable iron

ASTM A47, or cast steel ASTM A27. Provide bolts, washers and shims as required, hot-dip galvanized, ASTM A153.

Page 42: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 055100 – METAL STAIRS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 5

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

I. Grout: Non-shrink meeting ASTM E827, non-metallic, pre-mixed, factory-packaged, non-staining, non-corrosive; type specifically recommended by manufacturer as applicable to job condition. 1. Master Builders/Masterflow 713 or 928. 2. Euclid N-S Grout.

J. Fasteners and Rough Hardware: Type required for specific usage; provide zinc-coated

fasteners for exterior use or where built into exterior walls. K. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1, type required for materials being welded. L. Paint: Provide primers as recommended by paint manufacturers for substrates and paint

specified in Section 09 90 00. Comply with VOC limitations. 1. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc-dust content paint for regalvanizing welds in

galvanized steel. 2.2 FABRICATION

A. General: 1. Construct stairs to conform to sizes and arrangements indicated; join pieces together by

welding unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide complete stair assemblies including metal framing, hangers, columns, struts,

clips, brackets, bearing plates and other components necessary for support of stairs and platforms and to anchor the stairs on the supporting structure.

3. Exact dimensions and conditions shall be detailed based on the conditions and details provided. Do not substitute details without separate written approval.

B. Stair Framing:

1. Fabricate stringers of structural steel channels or tube steel as indicated. Flat plate stringers will not be permitted.

2. Provide closures for exposed ends of stringers. 3. Construct platforms of structural steel channel or tube steel headers and miscellaneous

framing members. 4. Bolt or weld headers to stringers, and framing members to stringers and headers;

fabricate and join with concealed bolts.

C. Stair Type: See drawings for locations. 1. Closed riser and concrete filled treads and landings.

a. Form metal pans of hot-rolled or cold-rolled carbon steel sheet. b. Weld risers and subtreads to stringers; locate welds on side of metal pans to be

concealed by concrete fill. c. Provide landings of configuration and construction of same metal as risers and

treads, thicknesses required to support design loading. Attach landings to framing members with welds.

d. Finish interior stairs with shop-applied primer as specified. 2. Closed riser and checkered plate treads and landings.

a. Form using fabricator's standard raised steel floor plate at thickness required to meet design loadings.

b. Shop weld treads between stair stringers to create a single flight unit.

D. Railings and Handrails: 1. Railings and handrails shall be smooth with welded connections. Welds shall be ground

smooth with no visible grind marks.

Page 43: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 055100 – METAL STAIRS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 4 of 5

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

2. Railings and handrails shall be constructed of steel members of sizes standard with fabricator or as indicated on drawings.

3. Railings shall run continuously to each landing post. 4. Handrails shall be secured to walls with brackets.

E. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight

sharp edges. 1. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. 2. Form bent metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or

otherwise impairing work.

F. Weld corners and seams continuously, complying with AWS recommendations. Grind exposed welds smooth, flush and imperceptible to match and blend with adjoining surfaces.

G. Shop Painting:

1. Shop paint metal stairs, except members or portions of members to be embedded in concrete or masonry and surfaces and edges to be field welded.

2. Remove scale, rust and other deleterious materials before applying shop coat. Clean off heavy rust and loose mill scale in accordance with SSPC SP-2 or SSPC SP-3, or SSPC SP-7.

3. Remove oil, grease and similar contaminants in accordance with SSPC SP-1. 4. Brush or spray on primer in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, and at a rate to

provide uniform dry film thickness of 2.0 mils for each coat. Use painting methods which will result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges and exposed surfaces.

5. Apply one shop coat to fabricated metal items; apply two coats to surfaces inaccessible after assembly or erection. Change color of second coat to distinguish it from the first.

6. Primer shall be smooth and suitable for application of finish paint specified in Section 09900.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Obtain Architect's review prior to site cutting or making adjustments which are not part of scheduled work. 1. Perform necessary cutting and altering for installation of work of other sections. 2. Beginning of the installation means acceptance of existing conditions.

B. Install steel stairs and railings square and level, plumb and free from distortion or defects

detrimental to appearance and performance. C. Make provision for erection stresses by temporary bracing; keep work in alignment. D. Ensure alignment with adjacent construction; coordinate with related work to ensure no

interruption in installation. E. Field bolt and weld to match standard of shop bolting and welding; hide bolts and screws

whenever possible, where not hidden, use flush countersunk fastenings. 1. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1.

F. After installation, touch-up field welds and scratched and damaged surfaces; use primer

consistent with shop coat or recommended for galvanized surfaces, as applicable.

Page 44: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 055100 – METAL STAIRS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 5 of 5

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

G. Replace items damaged in course of installation and construction. H. Stair treads shall be uniformly spaced throughout each flight; treads and intermediate

landings shall be level. 3.2 TOUCH-UP

A. Field Touch-Up: Shop coats abraded or burned out by welding shall be touched up before field painting. Field touch-up shall be same paint used for shop coat.

B. Finish painting is specified in Section 09 90 00.

3.3 TOLERANCES

A. Conform to NAAMM - Metal Stair Manual. 3.4 CLEANUP

A. Upon completion of the Project, all debris must be removed and all components to receive final field painting to be properly prepared.

B. All existing work such as shaft walls, door frames, etc., that are damaged under this work

must be prepared to original condition with no additional cost or time to the Project. C. Following installation, clean metal stairs and leave in a condition suitable for the installation of

concrete fill in treads.

END OF SECTION 05 51 00

Page 45: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 3 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

SECTION 072100

THERMAL INSULATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each type of building insulation through a single source.

B. Surface-Burning Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84 by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GLASS-FIBER BOARD INSULATION

A. Formaldehyde-Free Glass-Fiber Board Insulation: ASTM C 612, Type IA or IB; faced on one side with foil-scrim-kraft or foil-scrim-polyethylene vapor retarder, with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively, per ASTM E 84

1. Free of Formaldehyde: Insulation manufactured with 100 percent acrylic binders and no formaldehyde.

2. Low Emitting: Insulation tested according to ASTM D 5116 and shown to emit less than 0.05-ppm formaldehyde.

3. Nominal density of 2.25 lb/cu. ft., thermal resistivity of 4.3 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu x in. at 75 deg F. 4. Nominal density of 3 lb/cu. ft., thermal resistivity of 4.3 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu x in. at 75 deg F. 5. Nominal density of 6 lb/cu. ft., thermal resistivity of not less than 4.34 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu x in. at

75 deg F. 6. Properties:

a. Thermal Resistance (R-Value) (ASTM C518): R19. b. Combustion Characteristics (ASTM E136): Pass. c. Maximum Use Temperature (ASTM C411): 250 degrees F (121 degrees C). d. Water Vapor Permeance (ASTM E96): 0.05 perm (3 ng/Pa × s × m2).

SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Building THERMAL insulation.

Page 46: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 072100 THERMAL INSULATION

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 3 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

e. Water Vapor Sorption (ASTM C1104): 5% or less by weight. f. Compressive Resistance (IS 300 and 600 only) (ASTM C165): 25 psf (1.2 kPa) at 10%. g. Linear Shrinkage (ASTM C356): None. h. Odor Emission (ASTM C1304): Pass. i. Corrosiveness (ASTM C665, 13.8): Pass. j. Fungi Resistance (ASTM C1338): Pass. k. Thickness: As indicated on the Drawings.. l. Flamespread (ASTM E84): 25, maximum. m. Smoke Developed (ASTM E84): 50, maximum.

2.2 FORMALDEHYDE-FREE THERMAL GLASS-FIBER BLANKET INSULATION

A. Unfaced, Glass-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively, per ASTM E 84; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics.

1. Lightweight, sound-absorbent insulations made of long, resilient glass fibers bonded with an acrylic thermosetting binder.

2. Performance Requirements:

a. Critical Radiant Flux (ASTM E970): Greater than 0.11 Btu/ft2 × s (0.12 W/cm2). b. Water Vapor Absorption (ASTM C1104): 5% or less. c. Odor Emission (ASTM C1304): Pass. d. Corrosiveness (ASTM C665): Pass. e. Fungi Resistance (ASTM C1338): Pass.

3. Thickness: As indicated in the Drawings.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. General: Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and applications indicated.

1. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed to ice, rain, or snow at any time.

2. Extend insulation to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement.

3. Provide sizes to fit applications indicated and selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation units to produce thickness indicated unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness.

Page 47: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 072100 THERMAL INSULATION

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 3 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

3.2 INSTALLATION OF BOARD INSULATION AT WALLS

A. Board Insulation: Install with pins, friction-fit, or adhesives, spaced as recommended by manufacturer. Install board with facing place toward interior of construction.

A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units.

B. Glass-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Install in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements:

1. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and applications indicated.

2. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed to rain or moisture at any time.

3. Extend insulation to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement.

4. Provide sizes to fit applications indicated and selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation units to produce thickness indicated unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness.

5. Install insulation where indicated in sound rated assemblies. Maintain acoustical rating of assembly.

6. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units.

7. Install in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements:

a. Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill the cavities, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends.

b. Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members.

c. For metal-framed wall cavities where cavity heights exceed 96 inches, support unfaced blankets mechanically and support faced blankets by taping stapling flanges to flanges of metal studs.

C. Miscellaneous Voids: Install insulation in miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where required to prevent gaps in insulation using the following materials:

1. Loose-Fill Insulation: Compact to approximately 40 percent of normal maximum volume equaling a density of approximately 2.5 lb/cu. ft.

2. Spray Polyurethane Insulation: Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions.

END OF SECTION 072100

Page 48: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 2 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

SECTION 072500

WEATHER BARRIERS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

1.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Evaluation Reports: For water-resistive barrier, from ICC-ES.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER

A. Basis of Design Product: Two-Ply Super Jumbo Tex® by Fortifiber® by Fortifiber Building Systems Group.

1. ASTM D 226, Type 1 (No. 15 asphalt-saturated organic felt), unperforated. 2. Water-vapor-permeable, asphalt-saturated kraft building paper that complies with ICC-ES AC38,

Grade D; except with water-resistance rating not less than 1 hour. 3. Two-ply asphalt-saturated building paper, Grade "D" Kraft, complying with UBC Standard 14-1

(Federal Specifications UUB 790a), breather-type sheathing paper. 4. Moisture Vapor Transmission: 35 grams minimum; ASTM F 1249. 5. Water Resistance: 150 minutes (professional), ASTM D 779.

SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Building paper.

Page 49: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 072500 WEATHER BARRIERS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 2 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER INSTALLATION

A. Cover exposed exterior surface of sheathing with water-resistive barrier securely fastened to framing immediately after sheathing is installed.

B. Cover sheathing with water-resistive barrier as follows:

1. Cut back barrier 1/2 inch on each side of the break in supporting members at expansion- or control-joint locations.

2. Apply barrier to cover vertical flashing with a minimum 4-inch overlap unless otherwise indicated.

C. Building Paper: Apply horizontally with a 2-inch overlap and a 6-inch end lap; fasten to sheathing with galvanized staples or roofing nails.

END OF SECTION 072500

Page 50: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 6 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

SECTION 074113

METAL ROOF PANELS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer.

B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Minimum 5-years experience in manufacture of similar products in successful use in similar applications.

C. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 329 for testing indicated.

D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of metal roof panels from single source from single manufacturer.

1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit metal roof panel work to be performed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements.

B. Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of construction contiguous with metal roof panels by field measurements before fabrication.

1.3 COORDINATION

A. General: Coordinate sizes and locations of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations with actual equipment provided.

1. Coordinate metal roof panels with rain drainage work, flashing, trim, framing, and adjoining work to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation.

SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Steel roof panels.

Page 51: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 074113 STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 6 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

1.4 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace metal roof panel assemblies that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Structural failures including rupturing, cracking, or puncturing. b. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering.

2. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Special Warranty on Panel Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace metal roof panels that show evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period.

1. Exposed Panel Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following:

a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214. c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal.

2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General Performance: Metal roof panels shall comply with performance requirements without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction.

B. Water Penetration: No water penetration when tested according to ASTM E 1646 at the following static test-pressure difference: 6.4 lbf/sq. ft.

C. Wind-Uplift Resistance: Provide metal roof panel assemblies that comply with UL 580 for wind-uplift-resistance class indicated.

1. Uplift Rating: UL 90.

D. Seismic Performance: Panel assembly shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7.

E. Structural Performance: Provide metal roof panel assemblies capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated, based on testing according to ASTM E 1592:

Page 52: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 074113 STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 6 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

1. Structural Loads: Calculate according to the Washington State Building Code (SBCC) for the structural performance data specified in Division 01 Section "Delegated Design Work".

a. Deflection Limits: Metal roof panel assemblies shall withstand wind loads with vertical deflections no greater than 1/180 of the span.

2. Concentrated Load Performance: Provide metal roof panel system that withstand a concentrated load of 250 lbs applied to a 4 sq. in. at midspan and center of the panel halfway between supports without causing deformation, buckling or side lap separation.

F. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements resulting from ambient and surface temperature changes. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.

1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.

2.2 UNDERLAYMENT

A. Self-Adhering, High-Temperature Underlayment: Provide self-adhering, cold-applied, sheet underlayment, a minimum of 30 mils thick, consisting of slip-resistant, polyethylene-film top surface laminated to a layer of butyl or SBS-modified asphalt adhesive, with release-paper backing. Provide primer when recommended by underlayment manufacturer.

2.3 PANEL SEALANTS

A. Panel Sealants: Side Lap Sealant: One part, non-skinning, non-drying, synthetic butyl elastomer sealant.

1. Field Applied Unexposed Sealant: Side Laps, end laps, and flashing details: Gun grade, nonskinning, butyl elastomer or polymeric non-skinning butyl tape.

2. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920; elastomeric polyurethane, polysulfide, or silicone sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in metal roof panels and remain weathertight; and as recommended in writing by metal roof panel manufacturer.

2.4 ACCESSORIES

A. Roof Panel Accessories: Provide components approved by roof panel manufacturer and as required for a complete metal roof panel assembly including trim, copings, fasciae, corner units, ridge closures, clips, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of metal roof panels unless otherwise indicated.

1. Closures: Provide closures at eaves and ridges, fabricated of same metal as metal roof panels. 2. Closure Strips: Closed-cell, expanded, cellular, rubber or crosslinked, polyolefin-foam or closed-

cell laminated polyethylene; minimum 1-inch- thick, flexible closure strips; cut or premolded to match metal roof panel profile. Provide closure strips where indicated or necessary to ensure weathertight construction.

Page 53: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 074113 STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 4 of 6 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

B. Flashing and Trim: Formed from same material as roof panels, prepainted with coil coating, minimum 0.018 inch thick. Provide flashing and trim as required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Locations include, but are not limited to, eaves, rakes, corners, bases, framed openings, ridges, fasciae, and fillers. Finish flashing and trim with same finish system as adjacent metal roof panels.

C. Closures: Field-formed from metal "Z" closures manufactured from same material as panels.

2.5 FABRICATION

A. General: Fabricate and finish metal roof panels and accessories at the factory to greatest extent possible, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes and as necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements.

1. Provide panel profile, including major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs, if any, for full length of panel.

2. Fabricate metal roof panel side laps with factory-installed captive gaskets or separator strips that provide a tight seal and prevent metal-to-metal contact, in a manner that will seal weathertight and minimize noise from movements within panel assembly.

B. Sheet Metal Accessories: Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated.

1. Form exposed sheet metal accessories that are without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that are true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems.

2. End Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder.

3. Sealed Joints: Form non-expansion but movable joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards.

4. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not allowed on faces of accessories exposed to view.

5. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices of size and metal thickness recommended by SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" or by metal roof panel manufacturer for application, but not less than thickness of metal being secured.

2.6 FINISHES

A. General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.

Page 54: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 074113 STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 5 of 6 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION

A. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Apply primer if required by manufacturer. Comply with temperature restrictions of underlayment manufacturer for installation. Apply at locations indicated over conditioned spaces as indicated on the Drawings,, wrinkle free, in shingle fashion to shed water, and with end laps of not less than 6 inches staggered 24 inches between courses. Overlap side edges not less than 3-1/2 inches. Where applicable, extend underlayment into gutter trough. Roll laps with roller. Cover underlayment within 14 days.

3.2 METAL ROOF PANEL INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. General: Provide metal roof panels of full length from eave to ridge unless otherwise indicated or restricted by shipping limitations.

B. Thermal Movement. Rigidly fasten metal roof panels to structure at one and only one location for each panel. Allow remainder of panel to move freely for thermal expansion and contraction. Avoid attaching accessories through roof panels in a manner that will inhibit thermal movement.

C. Metal Roof Panels: Install in accordance with manufacturer’s specifications and NRCA guidelines.

D. Anchor Clips: Anchor metal roof panels and other components of the Work securely in place, using manufacturer's approved fasteners according to manufacturers' written instructions.

E. Joint Sealers: Seal metal roof panel end laps with double beads of tape or sealant, full width of panel. Seal side joints where recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants."

3.3 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION

A. General: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting and provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components. Install components required for a complete metal roof panel assembly.

B. Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weather resistant.

1. Install exposed flashing and trim that is without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in waterproof and weather-resistant performance.

2. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of corner or intersection. Where lapped expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently

Page 55: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 074113 STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 6 of 6 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

weather resistant and waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints).

3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES

A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align metal roof panel units within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines as indicated and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles.

END OF SECTION 074113

Page 56: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

SECTION 074214

FORMED METAL WALL PANELS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate metal panel installation with rain drainage work, flashing, trim, construction of soffits, and other adjoining work to provide a secure and noncorrosive installation.

1.2 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of metal panel systems that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Structural failures including rupturing, cracking, or puncturing. b. Deterioration of metals and other materials beyond normal weathering.

2. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Special Warranty on Panel Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace metal panels that show evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period.

1. Exposed Panel Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following:

a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214. c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal.

2. Finish Warranty Period: Film integrity for 45 years, chalk and fade rating for 30 years, and perforation for 25 years from date of Substantial Completion.

SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Exposed fastener wall panels.

Page 57: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 074214 FORMED METAL WALL PANELS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Structural Performance: Provide metal panel systems capable of withstanding the effects of the following loads, based on testing according to ASTM E 1592:

1. Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Other Design Loads: As indicated in Division 01 Section “Delegated Design: 3. Deflection Limits: For wind loads, no greater than 1/240 of the span.

B. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.

1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.

2.2 EXPOSED-FASTENER WALL PANELS

A. General : Provide factory-formed metal panels designed to be field assembled by lapping side edges of adjacent panels and mechanically attaching panels to supports using exposed fasteners in side laps. Include accessories required for complete installation.

B. Exposed-Fastener Metal Wall Panels MP1: Formed with raised, center-creased, trapezoidal major ribs; with reveal joint between panels.

C. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation, or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 coating designation; structural quality. Prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M.

D. Nominal Thickness: 22 gauge.

E. Exterior Finish: Two-coat fluoropolymer (Kynar 500), colors and indicated on the Drawings.

F. Interior Face: Primer Coat Material: Corrosion-resistant primer; primer coat dry film thickness: 0.15 mils; finish coat material: polyester paint, finish coat dry film thickness: 0.35 mils.

1. Total Interior Dry Film Thickness: 0.50 mils, off white.

2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Panel Fasteners: Self-tapping screws, bolts, nuts, self-locking rivets and bolts, end-welded studs, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads, as recommended by manufacturer.

B. Panel Sealants:

Page 58: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 074214 FORMED METAL WALL PANELS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

1. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch wide and 1/8 inch thick.

2. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920; elastomeric polyurethane, polysulfide, or silicone sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in metal wall panels and remain weathertight; and as recommended in writing by metal wall panel manufacturer.

3. Butyl-Rubber-Based, Solvent-Release Sealant: ASTM C 1311.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS METAL FRAMING

A. Miscellaneous Metal Framing, General: ASTM C 645, cold-formed metallic-coated steel sheet, ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40 hot-dip galvanized or coating with equivalent corrosion resistance unless otherwise indicated.

B. Subgirts: Manufacturer's standard C- or Z-shaped sections, 0.064-inch nominal thickness.

C. Zee Clips: 0.079-inch nominal thickness.

D. Base or Sill Angles or Channels: 0.079-inch nominal thickness.

E. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: Nominal Thickness: As indicated.

1. Depth: As indicated.

F. Fasteners for Miscellaneous Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten miscellaneous metal framing members to substrates.

2.5 ACCESSORIES

A. Wall Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete metal wall panel assembly including trim, copings, fasciae, mullions, sills, corner units, clips, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of metal wall panels, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Closures: Provide closures at eaves and rakes, fabricated of same metal as metal wall panels.

1. Backing Plates: Provide metal backing plates at panel end splices, fabricated from material recommended by manufacturer.

2. Closure Strips: Closed-cell, expanded, cellular, rubber or crosslinked, polyolefin-foam or closed-cell laminated polyethylene; minimum 1-inch- thick, flexible closure strips; cut or premolded to match metal wall panel profile. Provide closure strips where indicated or necessary to ensure weathertight construction.

C. Flashing and Trim: Formed from 0.018-inch minimum thickness, zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet prepainted with coil coating. Provide flashing and trim as required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Locations include, but are not limited to, bases, drips, sills, jambs, corners, endwalls, framed openings, rakes, fasciae, parapet caps, soffits, reveals, and fillers. Finish flashing and trim with same finish system as adjacent metal wall panels.

Page 59: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 074214 FORMED METAL WALL PANELS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 4 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

2.6 FABRICATION

A. General: Fabricate and finish metal wall panels and accessories at the factory to greatest extent possible, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements demonstrated by laboratory testing. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements.

1. Fabricate metal wall panels in a manner that eliminates condensation on interior side of panel and with joints between panels designed to form weathertight seals.

2. Provide panel profile, including major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs, if any, for full length of panel.

B. Sheet Metal Accessories: Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated.

C. Form exposed sheet metal accessories that are without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that are true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems.

1. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion but movable joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards.

2. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not allowed on faces of accessories exposed to view.

3. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal recommended by metal wall panel manufacturer.

a. Size: As recommended by SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" or metal wall panel manufacturer for application but not less than thickness of metal being secured.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Miscellaneous Supports: Install subframing, furring, and other miscellaneous panel support members and anchorages according to ASTM C 754 and metal panel manufacturer's written recommendations.

3.2 METAL PANEL INSTALLATION

A. General: Install metal panels according to manufacturer's written instructions in orientation, sizes, and locations indicated. Install panels perpendicular to supports unless otherwise indicated. Anchor metal panels and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement.Shim or otherwise plumb substrates receiving metal panels.

1. Flash and seal metal panels at perimeter of all openings. Fasten with self-tapping screws. Do not begin installation until air- or water-resistive barriers and flashings that will be concealed by metal panels are installed.

Page 60: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 074214 FORMED METAL WALL PANELS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 5 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

2. Install screw fasteners in predrilled holes. 3. Locate and space fastenings in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment. 4. Install flashing and trim as metal panel work proceeds. 5. Locate panel splices over, but not attached to, structural supports. Stagger panel splices and end

laps to avoid a four-panel lap splice condition. 6. Align bottoms of metal panels and fasten with blind rivets, bolts, or self-tapping screws. Fasten

flashings and trim around openings and similar elements with self-tapping screws.

B. Fasteners - Steel Panels: Use stainless-steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the exterior; use galvanized-steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the interior.

C. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action as recommended in writing by metal panel manufacturer.

D. Lap-Seam Metal Panels: Fasten metal panels to supports with fasteners at each lapped joint at location and spacing recommended by manufacturer.

1. Lap ribbed or fluted sheets one full rib. Apply panels and associated items true to line for neat and weathertight enclosure. Provide metal-backed washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal panels.

2. Locate and space exposed fasteners in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment. Use proper tools to obtain controlled uniform compression for positive seal without rupture of washer.

3. Install screw fasteners with power tools having controlled torque adjusted to compress washer tightly without damage to washer, screw threads, or panels. Install screws in predrilled holes.

4. Flash and seal panels with weather closures at perimeter of all openings.

E. Accessory Installation: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building mounting, and provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components. Install components required for a complete metal panel system including trim, copings, corners, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Provide types indicated by metal wall panel manufacturer; or, if not indicated, provide types recommended by metal panel manufacturer.

F. Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that are permanently watertight.

1. Install exposed flashing and trim that is without buckling and tool marks, and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and achieve waterproof performance.

2. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of corner or intersection. Where lapped expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints).

END OF SECTION 074214

Page 61: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

SECTION 076200

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim layout and seams with sizes and locations of penetrations to be flashed, and joints and seams in adjacent materials.

B. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim installation with adjoining roofing and wall materials, joints, and seams to provide leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Sheet metal flashing and trim assemblies shall withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Completed sheet metal flashing and trim shall not rattle, leak, or loosen, and shall remain watertight.

B. Sheet Metal Standard for Flashing and Trim: Comply with NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing Manual" and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" requirements for dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated.

C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes to prevent buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.

1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.

SUMMARY

A. Section includes:

1. Formed roof-drainage sheet metal fabrications. 2. Formed metal roof sheet metal fabrications. 3. Formed wall sheet metal fabrications.

Page 62: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 076200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

2.2 SHEET METALS

A. General: Protect mechanical and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable, temporary protective film before shipping.

B. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, alloy as standard with manufacturer for finish required, with temper as required to suit forming operations and performance required; with smooth, flat surface.

1. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish: Match finish of adjacent aluminum framing. 2. Concealed Finish: Pretreat with manufacturer's standard white or light-colored acrylic or polyester

backer finish, consisting of prime coat and wash coat with minimum total dry film thickness of 0.5 mil.

C. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Provide zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet according to ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet according to ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 coating designation, Grade 40.

1. Surface: Smooth, flat and mill phosphatized for field painting. 2. Provide coated finish where flashing is next to factory finished steel sheet or is indicated.

2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, protective coatings, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation and as recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item unless otherwise indicated.

B. Fasteners: Suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item.

1. General: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws, gasketed, with hex-washer head.

a. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal using plastic caps or factory-applied coating. Provide metal-backed EPDM or PVC sealing washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal.

b. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets suitable for metal being fastened.

c. Spikes and Ferrules: Same material as gutter; with spike with ferrule matching internal gutter width.

2. Fasteners for Aluminum Sheet: Aluminum or Series 300 stainless steel. 3. Fasteners for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet:

Series 300 stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel according to ASTM A 153/A 153M or ASTM F 2329.

C. Solder: For Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel: ASTM B 32, with maximum lead content of 0.2 percent.

D. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch wide and 1/8 inch thick.

Page 63: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 076200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

E. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric polymer sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight and indicated in Division 07 Section “Sealants”.

F. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single-component, solvent-release butyl rubber sealant; polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for hooked-type expansion joints with limited movement.

G. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion according to ASTM D 1187.

H. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, asbestos free, of consistency required for application.

2.4 FABRICATION, GENERAL

A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with details shown and recommendations in cited sheet metal standard that apply to design, dimensions, geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of item required. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in shop to greatest extent possible.

1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness or weight needed to comply with performance requirements, but not less than that specified for each application and metal.

2. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. 3. Form sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool

marks; true to line, levels, and slopes; and with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 4. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Do not use exposed fasteners on

faces exposed to view.

B. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles.

C. Expansion Provisions: Form metal for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim.

1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with butyl sealant concealed within joints.

2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings.

D. Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion-type joints are required, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant according to cited sheet metal standard.

E. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal.

F. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices of sizes as recommended by cited sheet metal standard and by FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for application, but not less than thickness of metal being secured.

G. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder.

Page 64: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 076200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 4 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

H. Seams for Finished Aluminum Sheet and Coated Metals: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with elastomeric sealant unless otherwise recommended by sealant manufacturer for intended use. Rivet joints where necessary for strength.

I. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces.

2.5 ROOF-DRAINAGE SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS

A. Gutters: Fabricate to cross section required, complete with end pieces, outlet tubes, and other accessories as required. Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- long sections. Furnish flat-stock gutter brackets and flat-stock gutter spacers and straps fabricated from same metal as gutters, of size recommended by cited sheet metal standard but with thickness not less than twice the gutter thickness. Fabricate expansion joints, expansion-joint covers, gutter bead reinforcing bars, and gutter accessories from same metal as gutters. Shop fabricate interior and exterior corners.

1. Gutter Profile: As indicated on the Drawings. 2. Expansion Joints: Lap type. 3. Accessories: Continuous, removable leaf screen with sheet metal frame and hardware cloth

screen and wire-ball downspout strainer.

B. Downspouts: Fabricate rectangular downspouts to dimensions indicated, complete with mitered elbows. Furnish with metal hangers from same material as downspouts and anchors. Shop fabricate elbows.

1. Hanger Style: As indicated on the Drawings. 2. Fabricate from one the following materials, as indicated:

C. Conductor Heads: Fabricate conductor heads with flanged back and stiffened top edge and of dimensions and shape required, complete with outlet tubes, exterior flange trim, and built-in overflows. Fabricate from one the following materials, as indicated:

D. Roof Edge Flashing and Fascia Cap: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- long, but not exceeding 12-foot- long sections. Furnish with 6-inch- wide, joint cover plates. Shop fabricate interior and exterior corners.

1. Joint Style: Overlapped, 4 inches wide. 2. Fabricate with scuppers spaced 10 feet apart, unless otherwise indicated, to dimensions required

with 4-inch- wide flanges and base extending 4 inches beyond cant or tapered strip into field of roof. Fasten gravel guard angles to base of scupper.

E. Copings: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- long, but not exceeding 12-foot- long, sections. Fabricate joint plates of same thickness as copings. Furnish with continuous cleats to support edge of external leg and drill elongated holes for fasteners on interior leg. Miter corners, fasten and seal watertight. Shop fabricate interior and exterior corners.

1. Coping Profile: As indicated 2. Joint Style: Butted with expansion space and 6-inch- wide, concealed backup plate. 3. Fabricate from one the following materials, as indicated:

F. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Fabricate from galvanized steel.

Page 65: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 076200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 5 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

G. Roof-Drain Flashing: Fabricate from galvanized steel.

2.6 WALL SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS

A. Opening Flashings in Frame Construction: Fabricate head, sill, jamb, and similar flashings to extend 4 inches beyond wall openings. Form head and sill flashing with 2-inch- high, end dams. Fabricate from one of the following materials, as indicated:

2.7 MISCELLANEOUS SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS

A. Equipment Support Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials:

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, substrate, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

1. Verify compliance with requirements for installation tolerances of substrates. 2. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely anchored. 3. Verify that air- or water-resistant barriers have been installed over sheathing or backing substrate

to prevent air infiltration or water penetration.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners[, solder], protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system.

1. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line, levels, and slopes. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and sealant.

2. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal.

3. Space cleats not more than 12 inches apart. Attach each cleat with at least two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners.

4. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim with limited oil canning, and free of buckling and tool marks.

5. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted. 6. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces.

B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other, or where metal contacts pressure-treated wood or other corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action or corrosion by painting contact

Page 66: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 076200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 6 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer or cited sheet metal standard.

1. Underlayment: Where installing sheet metal flashing and trim directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install underlayment and cover with slip sheet.

C. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet with no joints within 24 inches of corner or intersection.

1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with sealant concealed within joints.

2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings.

D. Fasteners: Use fastener sizes that penetrate substrate not less than recommended by fastener manufacturer to achieve maximum pull-out resistance.

1. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible in exposed work and locate to minimize possibility of leakage. Cover and seal fasteners and anchors as required for a tight installation.

E. Seal joints as required for watertight construction.

1. Use sealant-filled joints unless otherwise indicated. Embed hooked flanges of joint members not less than 1 inch into sealant. Form joints to completely conceal sealant. When ambient temperature at time of installation is between 40 and 70 deg F, set joint members for 50 percent movement each way. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. Do not install sealant-type joints at temperatures below 40 deg F.

2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants."

F. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pre-tin edges of sheets with solder to width of 1-1/2 inches; however, reduce pre-tinning where pre-tinned surface would show in completed Work.

1. Do not solder metallic-coated steel and aluminum sheet. 2. Do not use torches for soldering. 3. Heat surfaces to receive solder, and flow solder into joint. Fill joint completely. Completely remove

flux and spatter from exposed surfaces. 4. Copper Soldering: Tin edges of uncoated sheets, using solder for copper.

3.3 ROOF-DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALLATION

A. General: Install sheet metal roof-drainage items to produce complete roof-drainage system according to cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Coordinate installation of roof perimeter flashing with installation of roof-drainage system.

B. Hanging Gutters: Join sections with riveted and soldered joints or joints sealed with sealant. Provide for thermal expansion. Attach gutters at eave or fascia to firmly anchor them in position. Provide end closures and seal watertight with sealant. Slope to downspouts.

Page 67: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 076200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 7 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

1. Fasten gutter spacers to front and back of gutter. 2. Anchor and loosely lock back edge of gutter to continuous eave or apron flashing. 3. Anchor back of gutter that extends onto roof deck with cleats spaced not more than 24 inches

apart. 4. Anchor gutter with gutter brackets spaced not more than 24 inches apart to roof deck, unless

otherwise indicated, and loosely lock to front gutter bead. 5. Install gutter with expansion joints at locations indicated, but not exceeding, 50 feet apart. Install

expansion-joint caps. 6. Install continuous gutter screens on gutters with noncorrosive fasteners, hinged to swing open for

cleaning gutters.

C. Downspouts: Join sections with 1-1/2-inch telescoping joints.

1. Provide hangers with fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely to walls. Locate hangers at top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches o.c.

2. Provide elbows at base of downspout to direct water away from building or connect downspouts to underground drainage system, as indicated.

D. Expansion-Joint Covers: Install expansion-joint covers at locations and of configuration indicated. Lap joints minimum of 4 inches in direction of water flow.

E. Built-in Gutters: Join sections with riveted and soldered joints or joints sealed with sealant. Provide for thermal expansion. Slope to downspouts. Provide end closures and seal watertight with sealant.

1. Install underlayment layer in built-in gutter trough and extend to drip edge at eaves and under underlayment on roof sheathing. Lap sides minimum of 2 inches over underlying course. Lap ends minimum of 4 inches. Stagger end laps between succeeding courses at least 72 inches. Fasten with roofing nails. Install slip sheet over underlayment.

2. Anchor and loosely lock back edge of gutter to continuous cleat. 3. Anchor back of gutter that extends onto roof deck with cleats spaced not more than 18 inches

apart. 4. Install gutter with expansion joints at locations indicated, but not exceeding, 50 feet apart. Install

expansion-joint caps.

F. Downspouts: Join sections with 1-1/2-inch telescoping joints.

1. Provide hangers with fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely to walls. Locate hangers at top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches o.c.

2. Provide elbows at base of downspout to direct water away from building. 3. Connect downspouts to underground drainage system.

G. Splash Pans: Install where downspouts discharge.

3.4 ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION

A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements and cited sheet metal standard. Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line, levels, and slopes. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that are permanently watertight and weather resistant.

Page 68: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 076200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 8 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

B. Roof Edge Flashing: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for FM Approvals' listing for required windstorm classification.

C. Copings: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for specified FM Approvals' listing for required windstorm classification.

D. Pipe or Post Counterflashing: Install counterflashing umbrella with close-fitting collar with top edge flared for elastomeric sealant, extending minimum of 4 inches over base flashing. Install stainless-steel draw band and tighten.

E. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation of roof-penetration flashing with installation of roofing and other items penetrating roof. Seal with elastomeric or butyl sealant and clamp flashing to pipes that penetrate roof.

3.5 WALL FLASHING INSTALLATION

A. General: Install sheet metal wall flashing to intercept and exclude penetrating moisture according to cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Coordinate installation of wall flashing with installation of wall-opening components such as windows, doors, and louvers.

B. Opening Flashings in Frame Construction: Install continuous head, sill, jamb, and similar flashings to extend 4 inches beyond wall openings.

3.6 MISCELLANEOUS FLASHING INSTALLATION

A. Equipment Support Flashing: Coordinate installation of equipment support flashing with installation of roofing and equipment. Weld or seal flashing with elastomeric sealant to equipment support member.

3.7 ERECTION TOLERANCES

A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal flashing and trim within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles.

END OF SECTION 076200

Page 69: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

SECTION 078413

PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: A firm experienced in installing penetration firestopping similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful performance. Qualifications include having the necessary experience, staff, and training to install manufacturer's products per specified requirements. Manufacturer's willingness to sell its penetration firestopping products to Contractor or to Installer engaged by Contractor does not in itself confer qualification on buyer.

B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Penetration firestopping tests are performed by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Penetration firestopping is identical to those tested per testing standard referenced in "Penetration Firestopping" Article. Provide rated systems complying with the following requirements:

a. Penetration firestopping products bear classification marking of qualified testing and inspecting agency.

b. Classification markings on penetration firestopping correspond to designations listed by the following:

1) UL in its "Fire Resistance Directory." 2) Intertek ETL SEMKO in its "Directory of Listed Building Products." 3) FM Global in its "Building Materials Approval Guide."

1.2 COORDINATION

A. General: Coordinate construction of openings and penetrating items to ensure that penetration firestopping is installed according to specified requirements.

SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Penetrations in fire-resistance-rated walls. 2. Penetrations in smoke barriers.

Page 70: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 078413 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

1. Coordinate sizing of sleeves, openings, core-drilled holes, or cut openings to accommodate penetration firestopping.

2. Notify Owner at least seven days in advance of penetration firestopping installations; confirm dates and times on day preceding each series of installations.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING

A. General: Provide penetration firestopping that is produced and installed to resist spread of fire according to requirements indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fire-resistance rating of construction penetrated. Penetration firestopping systems shall be compatible with one another, with the substrates forming openings, and with penetrating items if any.

B. Penetrations in Fire-Resistance-Rated Walls: Provide penetration firestopping with ratings determined per ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.01-inch wg.

1. Fire-resistance-rated walls include fire walls and fire partitions.

2. F-Rating (resistance to flame spread): Not less than the fire-resistance rating of constructions penetrated.

C. Penetrations in Horizontal Assemblies: Provide penetration firestopping with ratings determined per ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.01-inch wg.

1. Horizontal assemblies include floors, floor/ceiling assemblies, and ceiling membranes of roof/ceiling assemblies.

2. F-Rating (resistance to flame spread): At least 1 hour, but not less than the fire-resistance rating of constructions penetrated.

3. T-Rating (resistance to excessive thermal transmission): At least 1 hour, but not less than the fire-resistance rating of constructions penetrated except for floor penetrations within the cavity of a wall.

D. Penetrations in Smoke Barriers: Provide penetration firestopping with ratings determined per UL 1479.

1. L-Rating: Not exceeding 5.0 cfm/sq. ft. of penetration opening at 0.30-inch wg at both ambient and elevated temperatures.

E. W-Rating (resistance to water leakage): Provide penetration firestopping showing no evidence of water leakage at indicated horizontal assemblies when tested according to UL 1479.

F. Exposed Penetration Firestopping: Provide products with flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, as determined per ASTM E 84.

G. Accessories: Provide components for each penetration firestopping system that are needed to install fill materials and to maintain ratings required. Use only those components specified by penetration

Page 71: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 078413 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

firestopping manufacturer and approved by qualified testing and inspecting agency for firestopping indicated.

1. Permanent forming/damming/backing materials, including the following:

a. Slag-wool-fiber or rock-wool-fiber insulation. b. Sealants used in combination with other forming/damming/backing materials to prevent

leakage of fill materials in liquid state. c. Fire-rated form board. d. Fillers for sealants.

2. Temporary forming materials. 3. Substrate primers. 4. Collars. 5. Steel sleeves.

2.2 FILL MATERIALS

A. Cast-in-Place Firestop Devices: Factory-assembled devices for use in cast-in-place concrete floors and consisting of an outer metallic sleeve lined with an intumescent strip, a radial extended flange attached to one end of the sleeve for fastening to concrete formwork, and a neoprene gasket.

B. Latex Sealants: Single-component latex formulations that do not re-emulsify after cure during exposure to moisture.

C. Firestop Devices: Factory-assembled collars formed from galvanized steel and lined with intumescent material sized to fit specific diameter of penetrant.

D. Intumescent Composite Sheets: Rigid panels consisting of aluminum-foil-faced elastomeric sheet bonded to galvanized-steel sheet.

E. Intumescent Putties: Nonhardening dielectric, water-resistant putties containing no solvents, inorganic fibers, or silicone compounds.

F. Intumescent Wrap Strips: Single-component intumescent elastomeric sheets with aluminum foil on one side.

G. Mortars: Prepackaged dry mixes consisting of a blend of inorganic binders, hydraulic cement, fillers, and lightweight aggregate formulated for mixing with water at Project site to form a nonshrinking, homogeneous mortar.

H. Pillows/Bags: Reusable heat-expanding pillows/bags consisting of glass-fiber cloth cases filled with a combination of mineral-fiber, water-insoluble expansion agents, and fire-retardant additives. Where exposed, cover openings with steel-reinforcing wire mesh to protect pillows/bags from being easily removed.

I. Silicone Foams: Multicomponent, silicone-based liquid elastomers that, when mixed, expand and cure in place to produce a flexible, nonshrinking foam.

Page 72: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 078413 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 4 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

J. Silicone Sealants: Single-component, silicone-based, neutral-curing elastomeric sealants of grade indicated below:

1. Grade: Pourable (self-leveling) formulation for openings in floors and other horizontal surfaces, and nonsag formulation for openings in vertical and sloped surfaces, unless indicated firestopping limits use of nonsag grade for both opening conditions.

2.3 MIXING

A. General: For those products requiring mixing before application, comply with penetration firestopping manufacturer's written instructions for accurate proportioning of materials, water (if required), type of mixing equipment, selection of mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other items or procedures needed to produce products of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for application indicated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Surface Cleaning: Clean out openings immediately before installing penetration firestopping to comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Remove from surfaces of opening substrates and from penetrating items foreign materials that could interfere with adhesion of penetration firestopping.

2. Clean opening substrates and penetrating items to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with penetration firestopping. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation.

3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.

B. Priming: Prime substrates where recommended in writing by manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended products and methods. Confine primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces.

C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent penetration firestopping from contacting adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed on completion of the Work and that would otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used to remove stains. Remove tape as soon as possible without disturbing firestopping's seal with substrates.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. General: Install penetration firestopping to comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions and published drawings for products and applications indicated.

1. Install forming materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their application and in the position needed to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings indicated. After installing fill materials and allowing them to fully cure, remove

Page 73: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 078413 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 5 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

combustible forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of firestopping.

2. Install fill materials for firestopping by proven techniques to produce the following results:

a. Fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories, and penetrating items as required to achieve fire-resistance ratings indicated.

b. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and penetrating items.

c. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing the Work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. General: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.

1. Where deficiencies are found or penetration firestopping is damaged or removed because of testing, repair or replace penetration firestopping to comply with requirements. Proceed with enclosing penetration firestopping with other construction only after inspection reports are issued and installations comply with requirements.

3.4 IDENTIFICATION

A. General: Identify penetration firestopping with preprinted metal or plastic labels. Attach labels permanently to surfaces adjacent to and within 6 inches of firestopping edge so labels will be visible to anyone seeking to remove penetrating items or firestopping. Use mechanical fasteners or self-adhering-type labels with adhesives capable of permanently bonding labels to surfaces on which labels are placed. Include the following information on labels:

1. The words "Warning - Penetration Firestopping - Do Not Disturb. Notify Building Management of Any Damage."

2. Contractor's name, address, and phone number. 3. Designation of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 4. Date of installation. 5. Manufacturer's name. 6. Installer's name.

END OF SECTION 078413

Page 74: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

SECTION 079000

JOINT SEALANTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer.

B. Product Testing: Test joint sealants using a qualified testing agency.

1. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated.

1.2 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING

A. Preconstruction Field-Adhesion Testing: Before installing sealants, field test their adhesion to Project joint substrates as follows:

1. Locate test joints where indicated on Project or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Conduct field tests for each kind of sealant and joint substrate. 3. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when test joints will be erected. 4. Arrange for tests to take place with joint-sealant manufacturer's technical representative present.

a. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1.1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521.

1) For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side.

5. Report whether sealant failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each kind of product and joint substrate. For sealants that fail adhesively, retest until satisfactory adhesion is obtained.

6. Evaluation of Preconstruction Field-Adhesion-Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing, in absence of other indications of noncompliance with requirements, will be considered satisfactory. Do not use sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing.

SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Building exterior joint sealants.

Page 75: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 079000 JOINT SEALANTS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions:

1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint-sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F or below temperature limit specified by manufacturer.

2. When joint substrates are wet. 3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for applications

indicated. 4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint

substrates.

1.4 WARRANTY

A. Special Installer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which joint-sealant manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard warranty period, but not less than five years from date of Substantial Completion.

C. Exclusions from Warranties: Special warranties specified in this article exclude deterioration or failure of joint sealants from the following:

1. Movement of the structure caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or construction resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression.

2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL

A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.

B. VOC Content: Sealants and sealant primers shall comply with the following:

Page 76: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 079000 JOINT SEALANTS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

1. Architectural sealants shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less. 2. Sealants and sealant primers for nonporous substrates shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or

less. 3. Sealants and sealant primers for nonporous substrates shall have a VOC content of 775 g/L or

less.

C. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

2.2 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING

A. Sealant Backing Material, General: Non-staining; compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing.

1. Basis of Design Product: Construction Foam Products; a division of Nomaco, Inc., or as recommended by sealants manufacturer.

B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, one of the following: Type C (closed-cell material with a surface skin), Type O (open-cell material), Type B (bicellular material with a surface skin) , or any of the preceding types, as approved in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer for joint application indicated, and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance.

C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable.

2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Primer: If required, material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests.

B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates.

C. Masking Tape: Non-staining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

Page 77: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 079000 JOINT SEALANTS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 4 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces.

C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal.

3.2 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS

A. General: Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply.

B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.

C. Sealant Backings: Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.

1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace

them with dry materials.

D. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints.

E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed:

1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum

sealant movement capability.

F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint.

1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints.

Page 78: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 079000 JOINT SEALANTS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 5 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces.

3. Provide the following as applicable to condition:

a. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193 unless otherwise indicated. b. Provide flush joint profile at according to Figure 8B in ASTM C 1193. c. Provide recessed joint configuration of recess depth and at according to Figure 8C in

ASTM C 1193.

1) Use masking tape to protect surfaces adjacent to recessed tooled joints.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Field-Adhesion Testing: Field test joint-sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows:

B. Evaluation of Field-Adhesion-Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements.

END OF SECTION 079000

Page 79: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 3 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

SECTION 079513

EXTERIOR EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES

PART 1 - PRODUCTS

1.1 ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION

A. Furnish units in longest practicable lengths to minimize field splicing.

B. Include factory-fabricated closure materials and transition pieces, T-joints, corners, curbs, cross-connections, and other accessories as required to provide continuous expansion joint cover assemblies.

1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Seismic Performance: Expansion joint cover assemblies shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7.

B. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Provide expansion joint cover assemblies with fire barriers identical to those of systems tested for fire resistance according to UL 2079 or ASTM E 1966 by a qualified testing agency.

1. Hose Stream Test: Wall-to-wall and wall-to-soffit assemblies shall be subjected to hose stream testing.

C. Exterior Metal-Plate Joint Cover: Assembly consisting of sliding metal cover plate in continuous contact with gaskets mounted on metal frames fixed to sides of joint gap.

1. Application: Wall to wall. 2. Installation: Surface mounted. 3. Fire-Resistance Rating: Not less than that of adjacent construction. 4. Exposed Metal: Aluminum.

D. Exterior Elastomeric-Seal Joint Cover: Assembly consisting of elastomeric seal anchored to surface-mounted frames fixed to sides of joint gap.

SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Exterior building expansion joint cover assemblies.

Page 80: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 079513 EXTERIOR EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 3 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

1. Application: Wall to wall. 2. Installation: Surface-mounted. 3. Fire-Resistance Rating: Not less than that of adjacent construction. 4. Exposed Metal: Aluminum or steel.

1.3 MATERIALS

A. Aluminum: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T5 for extrusions; ASTM B 209, Alloy 6061-T6 for sheet and plate.

B. Elastomeric Seals: Manufacturer's standard preformed elastomeric membranes or extrusions to be installed in metal frames.

C. Fire Barriers: Any material or material combination, to comply with performance criteria for required fire-resistance rating.

D. Moisture Barrier: Manufacturer's standard, flexible elastomeric material.

1.4 ACCESSORIES

A. Moisture Barriers: Manufacturer's standard moisture barrier consisting of a continuous, waterproof membrane within joint and attached to substrate on sides of joint.

1. Provide where indicated on Drawings.

B. Manufacturer's standard attachment devices, as indicated or required for complete installations.

PART 2 - EXECUTION

2.1 INSTALLATION

A. Prepare substrates according to expansion joint cover assembly manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, and instructions for installing expansion joint cover assemblies. Provide fasteners of metal, type, and size to suit type of construction indicated and to provide for secure attachment of expansion joint cover assemblies.

C. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for storing, handling, and installing expansion joint cover assemblies and materials unless more stringent requirements are indicated.

D. Metal Frames: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required to install expansion joint cover assemblies.

1. Install in true alignment and proper relationship to joints and adjoining finished surfaces measured from established lines and levels.

Page 81: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 079513 EXTERIOR EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 3 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

2. Adjust for differences between actual structural gap and nominal design gap due to ambient temperature at time of installation.

3. Cut and fit ends to accommodate thermal expansion and contraction of metal without buckling of frames.

4. Install frames in continuous contact with adjacent surfaces.

a. Shimming is not permitted.

5. Locate anchors at interval recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 3 inches from each end and not more than 24 inches o.c.

E. If applicable - Seals: Install elastomeric seals and membranes in frames to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Install with minimum number of end joints.

1. Provide in continuous lengths for straight sections. 2. Seal transitions. Vulcanize or heat-weld field-spliced joints as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Installation: Mechanically lock seals into frames or adhere to frames with adhesive or pressure-

sensitive tape as recommended by manufacturer.

F. Install with hairline mitered corners where expansion joint cover assemblies change direction or abut other materials.

G. Terminate exposed ends of expansion joint cover assemblies with field- or factory-fabricated termination devices.

H. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Coordinate installation of expansion joint cover assembly materials and associated work so complete assemblies comply with performance requirements.

1. Fire Barriers: Install fire barriers to provide continuous, uninterrupted fire resistance throughout length of joint, including transitions and field splices.

I. Moisture Barrier Drainage: If indicated, provide drainage fitting and connect to drains.

END OF SECTION 079513

Page 82: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

RMW Job No. 12405.09 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

SECTION 081113

EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver hollow-metal work palletized, packaged, or crated to provide protection during transit and Project-site storage. Do not use non-vented plastic.

B. Store hollow-metal work vertically under cover at Project site with head up. Place on minimum 4-inch- high wood blocking. Provide minimum 1/4-inch space between each stacked door to permit air circulation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Complying with NFPA 80 and listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for fire-protection ratings[ and temperature-rise limits] indicated, based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C.

1. Smoke- and Draft-Control Assemblies: Provide an assembly with gaskets listed and labeled for smoke and draft control by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on testing according to UL 1784 and installed in compliance with NFPA 105.

2.2 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL DOORS

A. Fabrication. Provide doors of design indicated, not less than thickness indicated; fabricated with smooth surfaces, without visible joints or seams on exposed faces unless otherwise indicated. Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8.

SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Rated and non-rated assemblies for exterior standard hollow metal doors and frames, galvanized to be field painted.

Page 83: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 081113 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

1. Design: Flush panel, types as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard polystyrene core.

a. Fire Door Core: As required to provide fire-protection and temperature-rise ratings indicated.

b. Thermal-Rated (Insulated) Doors: At exterior locations, provide doors fabricated with thermal-resistance value (R-value) of not less than 4.0 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu when tested according to ASTM C 1363.

3. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117, "Manufacturing Tolerances for Standard Steel Doors and Frames."

B. Exterior Doors: Face sheets fabricated from metallic-coated steel sheet. Provide doors complying with requirements indicated below by referencing ANSI/SDI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI/SDI A250.4 for physical performance level:

a. Polystyrene R-Factor - 6.37

2. Level 3 and Physical Performance Level A (Extra Heavy Duty), Model 2 (Seamless). 3. Steel Thickness:

a. Top and Bottom Channels: 16 gauge. b. Faces: 16 gauge.

C. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate according to ANSI/SDI A250.6 with reinforcing plates from same material as door face sheets.

2.3 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL FRAMES

A. General: Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8 and with details indicated for type and profile.

B. Exterior Frames: Fabricated from metallic-coated steel sheet.

1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped corners. 2. Frames for Level 3 Steel Doors: 0.053-inch- thick steel sheet (16 gauge).

C. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate according to ANSI/SDI A250.6 with reinforcement plates from same material as frames.

2.4 FRAME ANCHORS

A. Jamb Anchors: Masonry Type: Adjustable strap-and-stirrup or T-shaped anchors to suit frame size, not less than 0.042 inch thick, with corrugated or perforated straps not less than 2 inches wide by 10 inches long; or wire anchors not less than 0.177 inch thick.

Page 84: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 081113 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

1. Postinstalled Expansion Type for In-Place Concrete or Masonry: Minimum 3/8-inch- diameter bolts with expansion shields or inserts. Provide pipe spacer from frame to wall, with throat reinforcement plate, welded to frame at each anchor location.

B. Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.042 inch thick, and as follows:

1. Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip-type anchors, with two holes to receive fasteners.

2.5 MATERIALS

A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable for exposed applications.

B. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: Interior Doors and Frames: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled.

C. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Exterior Doors and Frames. ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; with minimum A40 metallic coating.

D. Frame Anchors: ASTM A 591/A 591M, Commercial Steel (CS), 40Z coating designation; mill phosphatized.

1. For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M or ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B.

E. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M.

F. Powder-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hollow metal frames of type indicated.

G. Grout: ASTM C 476, except with a maximum slump of 4 inches, as measured according to ASTM C 143/C 143M.

H. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing); consisting of fibers manufactured from slag or rock wool with 6- to 12-lb/cu. ft. density; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-development indexes of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics.

2.6 FABRICATION

A. General: Fabricate hollow metal work to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for thickness of metal. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. To ensure proper assembly at Project site, clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment.

Page 85: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 081113 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 4 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

B. Tolerances: Fabricate hollow metal work to tolerances indicated in SDI 117.

C. Exterior Doors: Provide weep-hole openings in bottom of exterior doors to permit moisture to escape. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water penetration.

D. Hollow Metal Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of same thickness metal as frames.

1. Welded Frames: Weld flush face joints continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make smooth, flush, and invisible.

2. Sidelight and Transom Bar Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no visible face seams or joints, fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at crossings and to jambs by butt welding.

3. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated.

4. Grout Guards: Weld guards to frame at back of hardware mortises in frames to be grouted. 5. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottom of jambs and mullions with at least four spot welds per

anchor. 6. Jamb Anchors: Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows:

a. Masonry Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches o.c. and as follows:

1) Two anchors per jamb up to 60 inches high. 2) Three anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high. 3) Four anchors per jamb from 90 to 120 inches high. 4) Four anchors per jamb plus 1 additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches or

fraction thereof above 120 inches high.

b. Compression Type: Not less than two anchors in each jamb. c. Postinstalled Expansion Type: Locate anchors not more than 6 inches from top and

bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 26 inches o.c.

7. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped doors, drill stops to receive door silencers as follows. Keep holes clear during construction.

a. Single-Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door silencers.

E. Hardware: Fabricate concealed stiffeners, edge channels, and hardware reinforcement from either cold- or hot-rolled steel sheet.

F. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow metal work to receive templated mortised hardware; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to the Door Hardware Schedule and templates furnished as specified in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware."

1. Locate hardware as indicated, or if not indicated, according to ANSI/SDI A250.8. 2. Reinforce doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised and surface-mounted door

hardware.

Page 86: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 081113 EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 5 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

3. Comply with applicable requirements in ANSI/SDI A250.6 and ANSI/DHI A115 Series specifications for preparation of hollow metal work for hardware.

4. Coordinate locations of conduit and wiring boxes for electrical connections with Division 26 Sections.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. General: Install hollow metal work plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in place; comply with Drawings and manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Hollow Metal Frames: Install hollow metal frames of size and profile indicated. Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.11.

1. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged.

a. At fire-protection-rated openings, install frames according to NFPA 80. b. Install door silencers in frames before grouting. c. Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have been properly

set and secured. d. Check plumbness, squareness, and twist of frames as walls are constructed. Shim as

necessary to comply with installation tolerances.

C. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor, and secure with postinstalled expansion anchors. Floor anchors may be set with powder-actuated fasteners instead of postinstalled expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings.

1. Masonry Walls: Coordinate installation of frames to allow for solidly filling space between frames and masonry with grout.

D. Hollow Metal Doors: Fit hollow metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified below. Shim as necessary.

1. Non-Fire-Rated Standard Steel Doors:

a. Jambs and Head: 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/16 inch. b. Between Edges of Pairs of Doors: 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/16 inch. c. Between Bottom of Door and Top of Threshold: Maximum 3/8 inch. d. Between Bottom of Door and Top of Finish Floor (No Threshold): Maximum 3/4 inch.

2. Fire-Rated Doors: Install doors with clearances according to NFPA 80.

END OF SECTION 081113

Page 87: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 6 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

SECTION 083323

EXTERIOR OVERHEAD COILING DOORS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for both installation and maintenance of units required for this Project.

B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer Qualifications: ISO 9001:2008 registered and a minimum of five years experience in producing doors of the type specified.

C. Source Limitations:

1. Obtain overhead coiling doors through one source from a single manufacturer. 2. Obtain operators and controls from overhead coiling door manufacturer.

D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100.

1.2 WARRANTY

A. Manufacturer’s Warranty: Provide standard manufacturer’s warranty for service doors for a period of 2 years from the time of shipment against defects in workmanship and materials.

SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Exterior service doors, electric-motor-operated overhead coiling doors, NON-insulated, factory-finished.

B. Alternate: Insulated and motorized doors.

Page 88: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 083323 EXTERIOR OVERHEAD COILING DOORS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 6 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Structural Performance: Provide overhead coiling doors capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses without evidencing permanent deformation of door components:

1. Wind Load: Uniform pressure (velocity pressure) of 20 lb/sq. ft., acting inward and outward.

B. Operation-Cycle Requirements: Provide overhead coiling door components and operators capable of operating for not less than 50,000 cycles and for more than 25 cycles per day.

1. Include tamperproof cycle counter.

C. Insulated Door Slat Material Requirements:

1. Flame Spread Index of 0 and a Smoke Developed Index of 10 as tested per ASTM E84. 2. Minimum Sound Transmission Class (STC) rating of 22 as tested per ASTM E90. 3. Minimum R-value of 8.0 (U-value of 0.125) as calculated using the ASHRAE Handbook of

Fundamentals. 4. Insulation to be CFC Free with an Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP) rating of zero.

D. FOR INSULATED DOORS ONLY - Air infiltration : Comply with:

1. ASHRAE® (American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air-Conditioning Engineers) Standard 90.1- 2010 & 2013 requirements of less than .40 CFM/FT2.

2. Air infiltration to comply with IECC® (International Energy Conservation Code) 2012 requirements of less than 1.0 CFM/FT2 .

2.2 DOOR CURTAIN MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION

A. Door Curtains: Fabricate overhead coiling door curtain of interlocking slats, designed to withstand wind loading indicated, in a continuous length for width of door without splices. Unless otherwise indicated, provide slats of thickness and mechanical properties recommended by door manufacturer for performance, size, and type of door indicated, and as follows:

1. Steel Door Curtain Slats: Zinc-coated (galvanized), cold-rolled structural steel (SS) sheet; complying with to ASTM A-526, G90 (Z275) coating designation.

B. Endlocks and Windlocks for Service Doors: Install windlocks at doors wider than 16 feet 1 inch.

1. Malleable-iron casings galvanized after fabrication, secured to curtain slats with galvanized rivets or high-strength nylon. Provide locks on not less than alternate curtain slats for curtain alignment and resistance against lateral movement.

C. Bottom Bar for Service Doors: Consisting of two angles, each not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 by 1/8 inch thick mechanically joined; galvanized to suit type of curtain slats.

Page 89: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 083323 EXTERIOR OVERHEAD COILING DOORS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 6 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

1. The bottom bar shall include manufacturer’s safety edge system. Finish bottom bar with one coat of bronze rust-inhibiting prime paint.

2. Astragal: Provide a replaceable, adjustable, continuous, compressible gasket of flexible vinyl, rubber, or neoprene; for placement between angles or fitted to shape, as a cushion bumper for interior door.

D. Curtain Jamb Guides for Service Doors: Fabricate curtain jamb guides from four steel angles, bolted together with 3/8-inch fasteners to form a channel for the curtain to travel, with sufficient depth and strength to retain curtain, to allow curtain to operate smoothly, and to withstand loading. Build up units with not less than 3/16-inch- thick galvanized steel sections complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M and ASTM A 123/A 123M. The wall angle portion shall be continuous and fastened to the surrounding structure with minimum ½-inch fasteners Slot bolt holes for guide adjustment. Provide removable stops on guides to prevent overtravel of curtain, and a continuous bar for holding windlocks.

1. Finish on Guide Angles: One coat of bronze rust-inhibiting prime paint.

E. Insulation: Manufacturer’s standard.

2.3 HOODS AND ACCESSORIES

A. Hood: Form to act as weatherseal and entirely enclose coiled curtain and operating mechanism at opening head. Contour to fit end brackets to which hood is attached. Roll and reinforce top and bottom edges for stiffness. Provide closed ends for surface-mounted hoods and provide fascia for any portion of between-jamb mounting projecting beyond wall face. Provide intermediate support brackets as required to prevent sagging.

1. Fabricate hoods for steel doors of minimum 0.028-inch- thick, hot-dip galvanized steel sheet with G90 zinc coating, complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M.

2. Include automatic drop baffle to guard against passage of smoke or flame. 3. Shape: Round. 4. Fabricate hood with sealant-joint bead profile for applying joint sealant. 5. Finish hood to match door slats.

B. Locking Device: Fabricate locking device assembly with lock, spring-loaded dead bolt, operating handle, cam plate, and adjustable locking bar to engage through slots in tracks.

1. Locking Bars: Function and location as directed by Architect.

2.4 COUNTERBALANCING MECHANISM

A. General: Counterbalance doors by means of adjustable-tension, steel helical torsion spring mounted around a steel shaft and contained in a spring barrel connected to door curtain with barrel rings. Use grease-sealed bearings or self-lubricating graphite bearings for rotating members.

B. Counterbalance Barrel: Fabricate spring barrel of hot-formed, structural-quality, welded or seamless carbon-steel pipe, of sufficient diameter and wall thickness to support rolled-up curtain without distortion of slats and to limit barrel deflection to not more than 0.03 in./ft. of span under full load.

Page 90: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 083323 EXTERIOR OVERHEAD COILING DOORS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 4 of 6 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

1. Provide spring balance of one or more oil-tempered, heat-treated steel helical torsion springs. Size springs to counterbalance weight of curtain, with uniform adjustment accessible from outside barrel. Provide cast-steel barrel plugs to secure ends of springs to barrel and shaft. Design springs for 50,000 cycles.

2. Fabricate torsion rod for counterbalance shaft of cold-rolled steel, sized to hold fixed spring ends and carry torsional load.

3. Fabricate barrel of steel tubing of not less than 4-inch in diameter. Design barrel to limit the maximum deflection to 0.03-inch per foot of opening width. Adjust springs by means of an exterior wheel. Finish barrel with one coat of bronze rust-inhibiting prime paint.

4. Brackets: Provide mounting brackets of manufacturer's standard design, either cast iron steel not less than ¼-inch thick, bolted to the wall angle with minimum ½-inch fasteners. Finish brackets with one coat of bronze rust-inhibiting prime paint.

2.5 ALTERNATE - ELECTRIC DOOR OPERATORS

A. General: Provide electric door operator assembly of size and capacity recommended and provided by door manufacturer for door and operation-cycle requirements specified, with electric motor and factory-rewired motor controls, starter, gear-reduction unit, solenoid-operated brake, clutch, remote-control stations, control devices, integral gearing for locking door, and accessories required for proper operation.

1. Comply with NFPA 70. 2. Design operator so motor may be removed without disturbing limit-switch adjustment and without

affecting emergency auxiliary operator. 3. Provide control equipment complying with NEMA ICS 1, NEMA ICS 2, and NEMA ICS 6, with

NFPA 70 Class 2 control circuit, maximum 24-V, ac or dc.

B. Disconnect Device: Provide hand-operated disconnect or mechanism for automatically engaging chain and sprocket operator and releasing brake for emergency manual operation while disconnecting motor without affecting timing of limit switch. Mount disconnect and operator so they are accessible from floor level. Include interlock device to automatically prevent motor from operating when emergency operator is engaged.

C. Electric Motors: Coordinate wiring requirements and electrical characteristics of motors with building electrical system.

1. Door Speed: 2/3 foot per second. 2. Motor Type: Open drip-proof electric motor with gear reducer in oil bath. 3. Include a geared limit switch with the motor operator, and an electrically interlocked emergency

chain operator. 4. House the motor starter in a NEMA 1 housing and include a magnetic reversing starter size 0, a 24

volt control transformer, and complete terminal strip to facilitate field wiring. 5. Motor Operator: UL Listed, activated by a 3 button push-button station in a NEMA 1 enclosure. 6. Mount motor operator to the door bracket as indicated on the Drawings. 7. Size motor as required by door and Project’s operation requirements. 8. Service Factor: According to NEMA MG 1, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Remote-Control Station: Provide momentary-contact, three-button control station with push-button controls labeled "Open," "Close," and "Stop."

Page 91: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 083323 EXTERIOR OVERHEAD COILING DOORS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 5 of 6 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

1. Provide exterior units, full-guarded, standard-duty, surface-mounted, weatherproof type, NEMA ICS 6, Type 1 enclosure, key operated.

E. Obstruction Detection Device: Provide each motorized door with indicated external automatic safety sensor capable of protecting full width of door opening. Activation of sensor immediately stops and reverses downward door travel.

1. Sensor type: An automatic pneumatically actuated safety sensor edge, located within astragal or weather stripping mounted to bottom bar, of a rubber boot attached below the bottom bar with an electrical switch secured to the back of the bottom bar.

2. Operation:

a. If the device detects an obstruction in the downward travel of the door, it will immediately and automatically stop and reverse downward door travel.

b. The device shall operate with airwave technology and do not rely on pneumatic pressure or electrical strip contacts to operate properly. The Featheredge shall create an airwave that shall be detected and reverse the direction of the rolling door.

c. The operation of the safety device shall not be subject to interferences by temperature, barometric pressure, water infiltration, or cuts in the rubber boot.

3. Connect to control circuit using manufacturer's standard self-coiling cable.

F. Limit Switches: Provide adjustable switches, interlocked with motor controls and set to automatically stop door at fully opened and fully closed positions.

G. ADA Compliance: Provide electric operators with ADA-compliant audible alarm and visual indicator lights.

H. Automatic Closing Device: Provide automatic-closing device that is inoperative during normal door operations, with manufacturer’s standard governor unit complying with requirements of NFPA 80 and with an easily tested and reset release mechanism, standard for product indicated.

2.6 STEEL AND GALVANIZED STEEL FINISHES

A. General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.

B. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.

C. Factory Finish: Manufacturer's standard powder-coat finish consisting of primer and topcoat according to coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, pretreatment, application, thermosetting, and minimum dry film thickness as follows:

1. Hot dipped galvanized G-90 coating consistent with ASTM A-525. 2. Bonderized coating for prime coat adhesion. 3. Primer.

Page 92: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 083323 EXTERIOR OVERHEAD COILING DOORS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 6 of 6 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

4. Factory applied Thermosetting Powder Coating applied with a minimum thickness of 2.5 mils.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. General: Install coiling doors and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, jamb and head molding strips, anchors, inserts, hangers, and equipment supports.

3.2 ADJUSTING

A. General: Lubricate bearings and sliding parts; adjust doors to operate easily, free of warp, twist, or distortion and with weathertight fit around entire perimeter.

3.3 STARTUP SERVICES

A. General: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service.

B. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions.

C. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

D. Demonstration: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain overhead coiling doors.

END OF SECTION 083323

Page 93: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 10 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

SECTION 084113

ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS, ENTRANCES, AND WINDOWS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of units required for this Project.

B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 699 for testing indicated.

C. Engineering Responsibility: Prepare data for aluminum-framed systems, including Shop Drawings, based on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units in systems similar to those indicated for this Project.

D. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for systems' aesthetic effects and performance characteristics. Aesthetic effects are indicated by dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining construction. Performance characteristics are indicated by criteria subject to verification by one or more methods including preconstruction testing, field testing, and in-service performance.

1. Do not revise intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. If revisions are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review.

SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: DELEGATED DESIGN WORK for the following:

1. Exrerior storefront framing. 2. Exterior windows fabricated from storefront

components. 3. Exterior manual-swing entrance doors and door-frame

units.

Page 94: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 084113 ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS, ENTRANCES, AND WINDOWS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 10 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

E. Accessible Entrances: Comply with applicable provisions in the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines.

F. Source Limitations for Aluminum-Framed Systems: Obtain from single source from single manufacturer.

G. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum."

1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of structural supports for aluminum-framed systems by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.

1.3 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of aluminum-framed systems that do not comply with requirements or that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Structural failures including, but not limited to, excessive deflection. b. Noise or vibration caused by thermal movements. c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. d. Water leakage through fixed glazing and framing areas. e. Failure of operating components.

2. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Special Finish Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components on which finishes do not comply with requirements or that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Warranty does not include normal weathering.

1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General Performance: Aluminum-framed systems shall withstand the effects of the following performance requirements without exceeding performance criteria or failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction:

Page 95: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 084113 ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS, ENTRANCES, AND WINDOWS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 10 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

1. Movements of supporting structure indicated on Drawings including, but not limited to, story drift and deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads.

2. Dimensional tolerances of building frame and other adjacent construction. 3. Failure includes the following:

a. Deflection exceeding specified limits. b. Thermal stresses transferring to building structure. c. Framing members transferring stresses, including those caused by thermal and structural

movements to glazing. d. Noise or vibration created by wind and by thermal and structural movements. e. Loosening or weakening of fasteners, attachments, and other components. f. Sealant failure. g. Failure of operating units.

B. Delegated Design: Design aluminum-framed systems, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated.

C. Structural Loads: Calculate loads according to the Washington State Building Code (SBCC). Data for calculating loads is specified in Division 01 section "Delegated Design Work".

D. Deflection of Framing Members:

1. Deflection Normal to Wall Plane: Limited to 1/175 of clear span for spans up to 13 feet 6 inches and to 1/240 of clear span plus 1/4 inch for spans greater than 13 feet 6 inches or an amount that restricts edge deflection of individual glazing lites to 3/4 inch , whichever is less.

2. Deflection Parallel to Glazing Plane: Limited to amount not exceeding that which reduces glazing bite to less than 75 percent of design dimension and that which reduces edge clearance between framing members and glazing or other fixed components directly below them to less than 1/8 inch and clearance between members and operable units directly below them to less than 1/16 inch.

E. Structural-Test Performance: Provide aluminum-framed systems tested according to ASTM E 330 as follows:

1. When tested at positive and negative wind-load design pressures, systems do not evidence deflection exceeding specified limits.

2. When tested at 150 percent of positive and negative wind-load design pressures, systems, including anchorage, do not evidence material failures, structural distress, and permanent deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of span.

3. Test Durations: As required by design wind velocity, but not fewer than 10 seconds.

F. Story Drift: Provide aluminum-framed systems that accommodate design displacement of adjacent stories indicated.

1. Design Displacement: As indicated in Division 01 Section "Delegated Design Work". 2. Test Performance: Meet criteria for passing, based on building occupancy type, when tested

according to AAMA 501.4 at design displacement and 1.5 times design displacement.

Page 96: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 084113 ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS, ENTRANCES, AND WINDOWS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 4 of 10 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

G. Air Infiltration: Provide aluminum-framed systems with maximum air leakage through fixed glazing and framing areas of 0.06 cfm/sq. ft. of fixed wall area when tested according to ASTM E 283 at a minimum static-air-pressure difference of 6.24 lbf/sq. ft.

H. Water Penetration under Static Pressure: Provide aluminum-framed systems that do not evidence water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas when tested according to ASTM E 331 at a minimum static-air-pressure difference of 20 percent of positive wind-load design pressure, but not less than 6.24 lbf/sq. ft.

I. Thermal Movements: Provide aluminum-framed systems that allow for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.

1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. 2. Test Performance: No buckling; stress on glass; sealant failure; excess stress on framing,

anchors, and fasteners; or reduction of performance when tested according to AAMA 501.5.

a. High Exterior Ambient-Air Temperature: That which produces an exterior metal-surface temperature of 180 deg F.

b. Low Exterior Ambient-Air Temperature: 0 deg F.

c. Interior Ambient-Air Temperature: 75 deg F.

J. Condensation Resistance: Provide aluminum-framed systems with fixed glazing and framing areas having condensation-resistance factor (CRF) of not less than 45 when tested according to AAMA 1503.

K. Thermal Conductance: Provide aluminum-framed systems with fixed glazing and framing areas having an average U-factor of not more than 0.57 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F when tested according to AAMA 1503.

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated.

1. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209. 2. Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B 221. 3. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429. 4. Structural Profiles: ASTM B 308/B 308M. 5. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: AWS A5.10/A5.10M.

B. Steel Reinforcement: Manufacturer's standard zinc-rich, corrosion-resistant primer, complying with SSPC-PS Guide No. 12.00; applied immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. Select surface preparation methods according to recommendations in SSPC-SP COM and prepare surfaces according to applicable SSPC standard.

1. Structural Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 2. Cold-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M. 3. Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M.

Page 97: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 084113 ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS, ENTRANCES, AND WINDOWS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 5 of 10 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

2.3 EXTERIOR FRAMING SYSTEMS

A. Framing Members: Manufacturer's standard extruded-aluminum framing members of thickness required and reinforced as required to support imposed loads.

1. Glazing System: Retained mechanically with gaskets on four sides. 2. Glazing Plane: As indicated. 3. Type: 4-1/2 inches deep with a 1-3/4 inches sightline

B. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high-strength aluminum with nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components.

C. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials.

1. Use self-locking devices where fasteners are subject to loosening or turning out from thermal and structural movements, wind loads, or vibration.

2. Reinforce members as required to receive fastener threads.

D. Concrete and Masonry Inserts: Hot-dip galvanized cast-iron, malleable-iron, or steel inserts, complying with ASTM A 123/A 123M or ASTM A 153/A 153M.

E. Concealed Flashing: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding flashing compatible with adjacent materials.

F. Framing System Gaskets and Sealants:

1. Manufacturer's standard, recommended by manufacturer for joint type. 2. Sealants used inside the weatherproofing system shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less

when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

2.4 GLAZING SYSTEMS

A. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard compression types; replaceable, molded or extruded, of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal.

B. Spacers and Setting Blocks: Manufacturer's standard elastomeric type.

C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Manufacturer's standard TFE-fluorocarbon or polyethylene material to which sealants will not develop adhesion.

D. Weatherseal Sealant: ASTM C 920 for Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses NT, G, A, and O; single-component neutral-curing formulation that is compatible with structural sealant and other system components with which it comes in contact; recommended by structural-sealant, weatherseal-sealant, and aluminum-framed-system manufacturers for this use.

Page 98: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 084113 ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS, ENTRANCES, AND WINDOWS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 6 of 10 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

1. Sealants used inside the weatherproofing system shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

2. Color: Matching curtain wall sealant.

2.5 ENTRANCE DOOR SYSTEMS

A. Moderate Traffic Entrance System: Prepared to receive glazing infill of 1 inch thickness to match adjacent storefront.

1. Door Construction: 1-3/4-inch overall thickness, with minimum 0.125-inch- thick, extruded-aluminum tubular rail and stile members. Mechanically fasten corners with reinforcing brackets that are deeply penetrated and fillet welded or that incorporate concealed tie rods.

2. Door Design: Medium stile; 3-1/2-inch nominal width.

a. Accessible Doors: Smooth surfaced for width of door in area within 10 inches above floor or ground plane.

3. Glazing Stops and Gaskets: Beveled, snap-on, extruded-aluminum stops and preformed gaskets.

a. Provide non-removable glazing stops on outside of door.

2.6 ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE

A. General: Provide entrance door hardware for each entrance door to comply with requirements in this Section.

1. Entrance Door Hardware Sets: Provide quantity, item, size, finish or color indicated, and products standard with door manufacturer complying with BHMA standard referenced.

2. Sequence of Operation: Provide electrified door hardware function, sequence of operation, and interface with other building control systems indicated.

3. Opening-Force Requirements:

a. Egress Doors: Not more than 15 lbf to release the latch and not more than 30 lbf to set the door in motion and not more than 15 lbf to open the door to its minimum required width.

b. Accessible Interior Doors: Not more than 5 lbf to fully open door.

B. Designations: Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of entrance door hardware are indicated in "Entrance Door Hardware Sets" Article. Products are identified by using entrance door hardware designations as follows:

1. References to BHMA Standards: Provide products complying with these standards and requirements for description, quality, and function.

Page 99: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 084113 ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS, ENTRANCES, AND WINDOWS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 7 of 10 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

C. Opening-Force Requirements: Delayed-Egress Locks: Lock releases within 15 seconds after applying a force of not more than 15 lbf for not more than 3 seconds.

1. Latches and Exit Devices: Not more than 15 lbf required to release latch.

D. Continuous-Gear Hinges: Manufacturer's standard with stainless-steel bearings between knuckles, fabricated to full height of door and frame.

E. Mortise Auxiliary Locks: BHMA A156.5, Grade 1.

F. Automatic and Self-Latching Flush Bolts: BHMA A156.3, Grade 1.

G. Panic Exit Devices: BHMA A156.3, Grade 1, listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for panic protection, based on testing according to UL 305.

H. Cylinders: As specified in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware."

1. Keying: Master key system. Permanently inscribe each key with a visual key control number and include notation "DO NOT DUPLICATE", unless otherwise directed by Owner.

I. Strikes: Provide strike with black-plastic dust box for each latch or lock bolt; fabricated for aluminum framing.

J. Operating Trim: BHMA A156.6.

K. Closers: BHMA A156.4, Grade 1, with accessories required for a complete installation, sized as required by door size, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use; adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force.

L. Concealed Overhead Holders: BHMA A156.8, Grade 1.

M. Surface-Mounted Holders: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1.

N. Door Stops: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1, floor or wall mounted, as appropriate for door location indicated, with integral rubber bumper.

O. Weather Stripping: Manufacturer's standard replaceable components.

1. Compression Type: Made of ASTM D 2000, molded neoprene, or ASTM D 2287, molded PVC. 2. Sliding Type: AAMA 701, made of wool, polypropylene, or nylon woven pile with nylon-fabric or

aluminum-strip backing.

P. Weather Sweeps: Manufacturer's standard exterior-door bottom sweep with concealed fasteners on mounting strip.

Q. Silencers: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1.

Page 100: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 084113 ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS, ENTRANCES, AND WINDOWS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 8 of 10 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

R. Thresholds: BHMA A156.21, raised thresholds beveled with a slope of not more than 1:2, with maximum height of 1/2 inch.

2.7 FABRICATION

A. General: Form or extrude aluminum shapes before finishing.

1. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or discoloration of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or grinding.

2. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings.

B. Framing Members: Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following characteristics:

1. Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations. 2. Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered. 3. Means to drain water passing joints, condensation within framing members, and moisture migrating

within the system to exterior. 4. Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members. 5. Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing to maintain

required glazing edge clearances. 6. Provisions for field replacement of glazing from exterior. 7. Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view to greatest extent

possible.

C. Mechanically Glazed Framing Members: Fabricate for flush glazing without projecting stops.

D. Storefront Framing: Fabricate components for assembly using system standard with manufacturer.

E. Entrance Door Frames: Reinforce as required to support loads imposed by door operation and for installing entrance door hardware.

1. At exterior doors, provide compression weather stripping at fixed stops.

F. Entrance Doors: Reinforce doors as required for installing entrance door hardware.

1. At pairs of exterior doors, provide sliding-type weather stripping retained in adjustable strip and mortised into door edge.

2. At exterior doors, provide weather sweeps applied to door bottoms.

G. Entrance Door Hardware Installation: Factory install entrance door hardware to the greatest extent possible. Cut, drill, and tap for factory-installed entrance door hardware before applying finishes.

Page 101: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 084113 ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS, ENTRANCES, AND WINDOWS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 9 of 10 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Do not install damaged components.

1. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. 2. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. 3. Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic

deterioration. 4. Seal joints watertight unless otherwise indicated. 5. Install components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades, and without

warp or rack.

B. Metal Protection: Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with primer or applying sealant or tape, or by installing nonconductive spacers as recommended by manufacturer for this purpose.

1. Where aluminum will contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint.

C. Drainage: Install components to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring within framing members, and moisture migrating within the system to exterior.

D. Sill Members: Set continuous sill members and flashing in full sealant bed as specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" to produce weathertight installation.

E. Glazing: Install glazing as specified in Division 08 Section "Glazing."

F. Install weatherseal sealant according to Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" and according to sealant manufacturer's written instructions to produce weatherproof joints. Install joint filler behind sealant as recommended by sealant manufacturer.

G. Entrance Doors: Install doors to produce smooth operation and tight fit at contact points.

1. Exterior Doors: Install to produce weathertight enclosure and tight fit at weather stripping. 2. Field-Installed Entrance Door Hardware: Install surface-mounted entrance door hardware

according to entrance door hardware manufacturers' written instructions using concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible.

3.2 ERECTION TOLERANCES

A. General: Install aluminum-framed systems to comply with the following maximum erection tolerances:

1. Location and Plane: Limit variation from true location and plane to 1/8 inch in 12 feet; 1/4 inch over total length.

Page 102: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 084113 ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS, ENTRANCES, AND WINDOWS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 10 of 10 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

2. Alignment:

a. Where surfaces abut in line, limit offset from true alignment to 1/16 inch. b. Where surfaces meet at corners, limit offset from true alignment to 1/32 inch.

B. Diagonal Measurements: Limit difference between diagonal measurements to 1/8 inch.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections.

B. Testing Services: Testing and inspecting of representative areas to determine compliance of installed systems with specified requirements shall take place as follows and in successive phases as indicated on Drawings. Do not proceed with installation of the next area until test results for previously completed areas show compliance with requirements.

1. Water Spray Test: Before installation of interior finishes has begun, a minimum area of 75 feet by 1 story of aluminum-framed systems designated by Architect shall be tested according to AAMA 501.2 and shall not evidence water penetration.

a. Perform a minimum of two tests in areas as directed by Architect. b. Perform tests in each test area as directed by Architect. Perform at least three tests, prior to

70 percent completion.

2. Repair or remove work if test results and inspections indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements.

3. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.

4. Aluminum-framed assemblies will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. 5. Prepare test and inspection reports.

END OF SECTION 084113

Page 103: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

SECTION 084413

GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Delegated Design: Design glazed aluminum curtain walls, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated.

B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A manufacturer capable of fabricating glazed aluminum curtain walls that meet or exceed energy performance requirements indicated and of documenting this performance by certification, labeling, and inclusion in lists.

C. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer.

D. Professional Engineer: A structural engineer licensed in the State of California.

E. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 699 for testing indicated.

F. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for aesthetic effects and performance characteristics of assemblies. Aesthetic effects are indicated by dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining construction.

1. Do not change intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. If changes are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review.

G. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:

1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." 2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum."

SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: DELEGATED DESIGN WORK for conventionally glazed aluminum curtain walls installed as stick assemblies, glass supported on four sides.

Page 104: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 084413 GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

1.2 WARRANTY

A. Special Assembly Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of glazed aluminum curtain wall that do not comply with requirements or that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Structural failures including, but not limited to, excessive deflection. b. Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements. c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. d. Water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas. e. Failure of operating components.

2. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Special Finish Warranty: Standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finishes or replace aluminum that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period.

1. Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following:

a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214. c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal.

2. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Division 01 Sections “Delegated Design” and "Quality Requirements," to design glazed aluminum curtain walls.

B. General Performance: Comply with performance requirements specified, as determined by testing of glazed aluminum curtain walls representing those indicated for this Project without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction.

1. Glazed aluminum curtain walls shall withstand movements of supporting structure including, but not limited to, story drift, twist, column shortening, long-term creep, and deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads.

2. Failure also includes the following:

a. Thermal stresses transferring to building structure. b. Glass breakage. c. Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements. d. Loosening or weakening of fasteners, attachments, and other components.

Page 105: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 084413 GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

C. Structural Loads: Calculate according to the CBC or SEI/ASCE 7 for the structural performance data specified in Division 01 Section "Delegated Design".

D. Deflection of Framing Members: At design wind pressure, as follows:

1. Deflection Normal to Wall Plane: Limited to 1/175 of clear span for spans up to 13 feet 6 inches and to 1/240 of clear span plus 1/4 inch for spans greater than 13 feet 6 inches or an amount that restricts edge deflection of individual glazing lites to 3/4 inch, whichever is less.

2. Deflection Parallel to Glazing Plane: Limited to amount not exceeding that which reduces glazing bite to less than 75 percent of design dimension and that which reduces edge clearance between framing members and glazing or other fixed components to less than 1/8 inch.

3. Cantilever Deflection: At parapets and where framing members overhang an anchor point, as follows:

a. Perpendicular to Plane of Wall: No greater than 1/240 of clear span plus 1/4-inch for spans greater than 11 feet 8-1/4 inches or 1/175 times span, for spans less than 11 feet 8-1/4 inches.

E. Structural: Test according to ASTM E 330 as follows:

1. When tested at positive and negative wind-load design pressures, assemblies do not evidence deflection exceeding specified limits.

2. When tested at 150 percent of positive and negative wind-load design pressures, assemblies, including anchorage, do not evidence material failures, structural distress, or permanent deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of span.

3. Test Durations: As required by design wind velocity, but not less than 10 seconds.

F. Air Infiltration: Test according to ASTM E 283 for infiltration as follows:

1. Fixed Framing and Glass Area:

a. Maximum air leakage of 0.06 cfm/sq. ft. at a static-air-pressure differential of 1.57 lbf/sq. ft.

G. Water Penetration under Static Pressure: Test according to ASTM E 331 as follows:

1. No evidence of water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas when tested according to a minimum static-air-pressure differential of 20 percent of positive wind-load design pressure, but not less than 6.24 lbf/sq. ft.

H. Interstory Drift: Accommodate design displacement of adjacent stories indicated.

1. Design Displacement: As indicated in Division 1 Section “Delegated Design”. 2. Test Performance: Complying with criteria for passing based on building occupancy type when

tested according to AAMA 501.4 at design displacement and 1.5 times the design displacement.

I. Seismic Performance: Glazed aluminum curtain walls shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7.

Page 106: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 084413 GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 4 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

1. Seismic Drift Causing Glass Fallout: Complying with criteria for passing based on building occupancy type when tested according to AAMA 501.6 at design displacement and 1.5 times the design displacement.

2. Vertical Interstory Movement: Complying with criteria for passing based on building occupancy type when tested according to AAMA 501.7 at design displacement and 1.5 times the design displacement.

J. Energy Performance: Certify and label energy performance according to NFRC as follows:

1. Thermal Transmittance (U-factor): Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have U-factor of not more than 0.57 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F as determined according to NFRC 100.

2. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: As indicated in Division 08 Section “Glazing”. 3. Condensation Resistance: Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have an NFRC-certified

condensation resistance rating of no less than 25 as determined according to NFRC 500.

K. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements resulting from ambient and surface temperature changes:

1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. 2. Thermal Cycling: No buckling; stress on glass; sealant failure; excess stress on framing, anchors,

and fasteners; or reduction of performance when tested according to AAMA 501.5.

a. High Exterior Ambient-Air Temperature: That which produces an exterior metal-surface temperature of 180 deg F.

b. Low Exterior Ambient-Air Temperature: 0 deg F.

2.2 CURTAIN WALL

A. High-performance, pressure-equalized curtain wall system, 1 inch infill system, with snap-in adaptors to accommodate spandrel panels.

1. Gaskets: EPDM dense gasket. Provide additional sponge gasket if required by conditions. 2. Size: 1-3/4 inch by 4-1/2 inches minimum (as required to comply with structural performance).

B. Source Limitations: Obtain all components of curtain wall system, including framing spandrel panels entrances and accessories, from single manufacturer.

2.3 FRAMING

A. Framing Members: Manufacturer's extruded- or formed-aluminum framing members of thickness required and reinforced as required to support imposed loads.

1. Construction: Thermally broken. 2. Glazing System: Retained mechanically with gaskets on four sides. 3. Glazing Plane: As indicated on the Drawings.. 4. Finish: High-performance organic finish. 5. Fabrication Method: Factory-fabricated unitized system.

Page 107: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 084413 GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 5 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

B. Pressure Caps: Manufacturer's standard aluminum components that mechanically retain glazing.

1. Include snap-on aluminum trim that conceals fasteners.

C. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high-strength aluminum with nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components.

D. Materials:

1. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated.

a. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209. b. Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B 221. c. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429/B 429M. d. Structural Profiles: ASTM B 308/B 308M.

2. Steel Reinforcement: Manufacturer's standard zinc-rich, corrosion-resistant primer complying with SSPC-PS Guide No. 12.00; applied immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. Select surface preparation methods according to recommendations in SSPC-SP COM, and prepare surfaces according to applicable SSPC standard.

a. Structural Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. b. Cold-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M. c. Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M.

2.4 GLAZING

A. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard sealed-corner pressure-glazing system of black, resilient elastomeric glazing gaskets, setting blocks, and shims or spacers.

2.5 ACCESSORIES

A. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials.

1. Use self-locking devices where fasteners are subject to loosening or turning out from thermal and structural movements, wind loads, or vibration.

2. Reinforce members as required to receive fastener threads.

B. Anchors: Three-way adjustable anchors with minimum adjustment of 1 inch that accommodate fabrication and installation tolerances in material and finish compatible with adjoining materials and recommended by manufacturer.

1. Concrete Inserts: Hot-dip galvanized cast-iron, malleable-iron, or steel inserts complying with ASTM A 123/A 123M or ASTM A 153/A 153M requirements.

C. Concealed Flashing: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding flashing compatible with adjacent materials.

Page 108: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 084413 GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 6 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

D. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt-mastic paint complying with SSPC-Paint 12 requirements except containing no asbestos, formulated for 30-mil thickness per coat.

2.6 FABRICATION

A. Form or extrude aluminum shapes before finishing.

B. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or discoloration of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or grinding.

C. Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following characteristics:

1. Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations. 2. Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered. 3. Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members. 4. Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing to maintain

required glazing edge clearances. 5. Provisions for field replacement of glazing from exterior. 6. Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view to greatest extent

possible.

D. Fabricate components to resist water penetration as follows:

1. Internal guttering system or other means to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring within framing members, and moisture migrating within glazed aluminum curtain wall to exterior.

E. Curtain-Wall Framing: Fabricate components for assembly using manufacturer's standard assembly method.

F. Factory-Assembled Frame Units:

1. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. 2. Preparation includes, but is not limited to, cleaning and priming surfaces. 3. Seal joints watertight unless otherwise indicated. 4. Install glazing to comply with requirements in Section 088000 "Glazing."

G. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

Page 109: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 084413 GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 7 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Do not install damaged components. 2. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. 3. Rigidly secure non-movement joints. 4. Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic

deterioration and to prevent impeding movement of moving joints. 5. Where welding is required, weld components in concealed locations to minimize distortion or

discoloration of finish. Protect glazing surfaces from welding. 6. Seal joints watertight unless otherwise indicated.

B. Metal Protection: Where aluminum is in contact with dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with primer, applying sealant or tape, or installing nonconductive spacers as recommended by manufacturer for this purpose.

1. Where aluminum is in contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint.

C. Install components to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring within framing members, and moisture migrating within glazed aluminum curtain wall to exterior.

D. Install components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades.

E. Install weatherseal sealant according to Section 079210 "Building Interior Joint Sealants" and according to sealant manufacturer's written instructions to produce weatherproof joints. Install joint filler behind sealant as recommended by sealant manufacturer.

3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES

A. Erection Tolerances: Install glazed aluminum curtain walls to comply with the following maximum tolerances:

1. Plumb: 1/8 inch in 10 feet; 1/4 inch in 40 feet. 2. Level: 1/8 inch in 20 feet; 1/4 inch in 40 feet. 3. Alignment:

a. Where surfaces abut in line or are separated by reveal or protruding element up to 1/2 inch wide, limit offset from true alignment to 1/16 inch.

b. Where surfaces are separated by reveal or protruding element from 1/2 to 1 inch wide, limit offset from true alignment to 1/8 inch.

c. Where surfaces are separated by reveal or protruding element of 1 inch wide or more, limit offset from true alignment to 1/4 inch.

4. Location: Limit variation from plane to 1/8 inch in 12 feet; 1/2 inch over total length.

Page 110: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 084413 GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 8 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. Perform tests on areas indicated on the Drawings, and if not indicated, on minimum one bay at least 30 feet, by one story.

B. Field Quality-Control Testing: Perform the following test on representative areas of glazed aluminum curtain walls.

1. Water-Spray Test: Before installation of interior finishes has begun, areas designated by Architect shall be tested according to AAMA 501.2 and shall not evidence water penetration.

a. Perform tests in each test area as directed by Architect. Perform at least three tests, prior to 10, 35, and 70 percent completion.

2. Air Infiltration: ASTM E 783 at 1.5 times the rate specified for laboratory testing in "Performance Requirements" Article but not more than 0.09 cfm/sq. ft. at a static-air-pressure differential of 1.57 lbf/sq. ft.

a. Perform tests in each test area as directed by Architect. Perform at least three tests, prior to 10, 35, and 70 percent completion.

3. Water Penetration: ASTM E 1105 at a minimum uniform static-air-pressure differential of 0.67 times the static-air-pressure differential specified for laboratory testing in "Performance Requirements" Article, but not less than 6.24 lbf/sq. ft., and shall not evidence water penetration.

C. Glazed aluminum curtain walls will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.

D. Prepare test and inspection reports.

END OF SECTION 084413

Page 111: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

SECTION 087010

DOOR HARDWARE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of door hardware from a single manufacturer.

1. Provide electrified door hardware from same manufacturer as mechanical door hardware, unless otherwise indicated. Manufacturers that perform electrical modifications and that are listed by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and offer a warranty that meets or exceeds manufacturers original warranty.

B. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Where fire-rated door assemblies are indicated, provide door hardware rated for use in assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency, for fire-protection ratings indicated, based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Smoke- and Draft-Control Door Assemblies: Where smoke- and draft-control door assemblies are required, provide door hardware that meet requirements of assemblies tested according to UL 1784 and installed in compliance with NFPA 105.

1. Air Leakage Rate: Maximum air leakage of 0.3 cfm/sq. ft. at the tested pressure differential of 0.3-inch wg of water or amounts indicated by Referenced Standards.

D. Means of Egress Doors: Latches do not require more than 15 lbf to release the latch. Locks do not require use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for operating for egress.

E. Accessibility Requirements: For door hardware on doors in an accessible route, comply with the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines.

1. Provide operating devices that do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist and that operate with a force of not more than 5 lbf.

2. Comply with the following maximum opening-force requirements:

SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Door Hardware for swinging doors.

Page 112: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 087010 DOOR HARDWARE

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

a. Interior, Non-Fire-Rated Hinged Doors: 5 lbf applied perpendicular to door. b. Sliding or Folding Doors: 5 lbf applied parallel to door at latch. c. Fire Doors: 15 lbf unless a different maximum opening force is required by authorities

having jurisdiction.

3. Bevel raised thresholds with a slope of not more than 1:2. Provide thresholds not more than 1/2 inch high.

4. Adjust door closer sweep periods so that, from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the door.

1.2 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate layout and installation of floor-recessed door hardware with floor construction. Cast anchoring inserts into concrete.

B. Installation Templates: Distribute for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements.

1.3 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. b. Faulty operation of doors and door hardware. c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering and

use.

2. Warranty Period:

a. Locksets: 7 years from date of Substantial Completion b. Exit Devices: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. c. Manual Closers: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. d. Concealed Floor Closers: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. e. Other Hardware: 1 year from date of Substantial Completion

Page 113: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 087010 DOOR HARDWARE

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 FABRICATION

A. Manufacturer's Nameplate: Do not provide manufacturers' products that have manufacturer's name or trade name displayed in a visible location (omit removable nameplates) except in conjunction with required fire-rated labels and as otherwise approved by Architect.

1. Manufacturer's identification will be permitted on rim of lock cylinders only.

B. Base Metals: Produce door hardware units of base metal, fabricated by forming method indicated, using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper, and hardness. Furnish metals of a quality equal to or greater than that of specified door hardware units and BHMA A156.18 for finishes. Do not furnish manufacturer's standard materials or forming methods if different from specified standard.

C. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates generally prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws according to commercially recognized industry standards for application intended. Provide Phillips flat-head screws with finished heads to match surface of door hardware, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Concealed Fasteners: For door hardware units that are exposed when door is closed, except for units already specified with concealed fasteners. Do not use through bolts for installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed unless it is the only means of securely attaching the door hardware. Where through bolts are used on hollow door and frame construction, provide sleeves for each through bolt.

2. Steel Machine or Wood Screws: For the following fire-rated applications:

a. Mortise hinges to doors. b. Strike plates to frames. c. Closers to doors and frames.

3. Steel Through Bolts: For the following fire-rated applications, unless door blocking is provided:

a. Surface hinges to doors. b. Closers to doors and frames. c. Surface-mounted exit devices.

4. Spacers or Sex Bolts: For through bolting of hollow metal doors. 5. Fasteners for Wood Doors: Comply with requirements of DHI WDHS.2, "Recommended Fasteners

for Wood Doors."

2.2 FINISHES

A. Standard: Comply with BHMA A156.18.

B. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are

Page 114: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 087010 DOOR HARDWARE

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 4 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.

1. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Steel Doors and Frames: For surface applied door hardware, drill and tap doors and frames according to ANSI/SDI A250.6.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved.

1. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation.

2. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors according to industry standards.

B. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated on Drawings or, if not indicated, to comply with the following unless otherwise indicated or required to comply with governing regulations.

1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: ANSI/SDI A250.8. 2. Custom Steel Doors and Frames: HMMA 831. 3. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood Flush

Doors."

C. Hinges: Install types and in quantities indicated in door hardware schedule but not fewer than the number recommended by manufacturer for application indicated or one hinge for every 30 inches of door height, whichever is more stringent, unless other equivalent means of support for door, such as spring hinges or pivots, are provided.

D. Intermediate Offset Pivots: Where offset pivots are indicated, provide intermediate offset pivots in quantities indicated in door hardware schedule but not fewer than one intermediate offset pivot per door and one additional intermediate offset pivot for every 30 inches of door height greater than 90 inches.

E. Lock Cylinders: Install construction cores to secure building and areas during construction period. 1. Replace construction cores with permanent cores as directed by Owner. 2. Furnish permanent cores to Owner for installation.

Page 115: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 087010 DOOR HARDWARE

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 5 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

F. Key Control System: Tag keys and place them on markers and hooks in key control system cabinet, as determined by final keying schedule.

G. Boxed Power Supplies: Locate power supplies as indicated or, if not indicated, above accessible ceilings. Verify location with Architect. 1. Configuration: Provide least number of power supplies required to adequately serve doors with

electrified door hardware.

H. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior doors and other doors indicated in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants."

I. Stops: Provide floor stops for doors unless wall or other type stops are indicated in door hardware schedule. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic.

J. Perimeter Gasketing: Apply to head and jamb, forming seal between door and frame.

K. Meeting Stile Gasketing: Fasten to meeting stiles, forming seal when doors are closed.

L. Door Bottoms: Apply to bottom of door, forming seal with threshold when door is closed.

3.3 ADJUSTING

A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements.

1. Spring Hinges: Adjust to achieve positive latching when door is allowed to close freely from an open position of 30 degrees.

2. Electric Strikes: Adjust horizontal and vertical alignment of keeper to properly engage lock bolt. 3. Door Closers: Adjust sweep period to comply with accessibility requirements and requirements of

authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Occupancy Adjustment: Approximately three months after date of Substantial Completion, Installer's Architectural Hardware Consultant shall examine and readjust each item of door hardware, including adjusting operating forces, as necessary to ensure function of doors, door hardware, and electrified door hardware.

END OF SECTION 087010

Page 116: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 6 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

SECTION 088000

GLAZING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer Qualifications for Insulating-Glass Units with Sputter-Coated, Low-E Coatings: A qualified insulating-glass manufacturer who is approved[ and certified] by coated-glass manufacturer.

B. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs glass installers for this Project who are certified under the National Glass Association's Certified Glass Installer Program.

C. Source Limitations for Glass: Obtain exterior glass from single source from single manufacturer.

D. Source Limitations for Glazing Accessories: Obtain from single source from single manufacturer for each product and installation method.

E. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards.

1. IGMA Publication for Insulating Glass: SIGMA TM-3000, "North American Glazing Guidelines for Sealed Insulating Glass Units for Commercial and Residential Use."

F. Safety Glazing Labeling: Where safety glazing labeling is indicated, permanently mark glazing with certification label of the SGCC or another certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Label shall indicate manufacturer's name, type of glass, thickness, and safety glazing standard with which glass complies.

1.2 WARRANTY

A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty on Insulating Glass: Manufacturer's standard form in which insulating-glass manufacturer agrees to replace insulating-glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of insulating glass is defined as failure of hermetic seal under normal use

SUMMARY

A. Section includes: Glazing for the following products and applications, including those specified in other Sections where glazing requirements are specified by reference to this Section:

1. Insulated tinted vision glass. 2. Monolithic tinted at framed glass doors.

Page 117: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 088000 GLAZING

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 6 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

that is not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning insulating glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Evidence of failure is the obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on interior surfaces of glass.

1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Installed glazing systems shall withstand normal thermal movement and wind and impact loads (where applicable) without failure, including loss or glass breakage attributable to the following: defective manufacture, fabrication, or installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; or other defects in construction.

B. Delegated Design: Design glass, including comprehensive engineering analysis according to ASTM E 1300 by a qualified professional engineer, using the following design criteria:

1. Design Wind Pressures: Determine design wind pressures applicable to Project according to ASCE/SEI 7-2005, based on heights above grade indicated on Drawings.

a. Wind Design Data: As indicated in Division 01 Section “Delegated Design”.

2. Vertical Glazing: For glass surfaces sloped 15 degrees or less from vertical, design glass to resist design wind pressure based on glass type factors for short-duration load.

3. Maximum Lateral Deflection: For glass supported on all four edges, limit center-of-glass deflection at design wind pressure to not more than 1/50 times the short-side length or 1 inch, whichever is less.

4. Differential Shading: Design glass to resist thermal stresses induced by differential shading within individual glass lites.

C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on glass framing members and glazing components.

1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.

2.2 GLASS PRODUCTS, GENERAL

A. Thickness: Where glass thickness is indicated, it is a minimum. Provide glass lites in thicknesses as needed to comply with requirements indicated.

1. Minimum Glass Thickness for Exterior Lites: Not less than 6.0 mm. 2. Thickness of Tinted Glass: Provide same thickness for each tint color indicated throughout

Project.

Page 118: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 088000 GLAZING

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 6 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

B. Strength: Provide either annealed float glass, Kind HS heat-treated float glass, or Kind FT heat-treated float glass as needed to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article.

1. Where fully tempered glass is indicated, or safety glass is required by code, provide Kind FT heat-treated float glass.

C. Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: Provide glass with performance properties specified, as indicated in manufacturer's published test data, based on procedures indicated below:

1. For monolithic-glass lites, properties are based on units with lites 6.0 mm thick. 2. For insulating-glass units, properties are based on units of thickness indicated for overall unit and

for each lite. 3. U-Factors: Center-of-glazing values, according to NFRC 100 and based on LBL's WINDOW 5.2

computer program, expressed as Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F. 4. Solar Heat-Gain Coefficient and Visible Transmittance: Center-of-glazing values, according to

NFRC 200 and based on LBL's WINDOW 5.2 computer program. 5. Visible Reflectance: Center-of-glazing values, according to NFRC 300.

2.3 GLASS PRODUCTS

A. Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Quality-Q3, Class I (clear) unless otherwise indicated.

B. Heat-Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048; Type I; Quality-Q3; Class I (clear) unless otherwise indicated; of kind and condition indicated.

1. Fabrication Process: By horizontal (roller-hearth) process with roll-wave distortion parallel to bottom edge of glass as installed unless otherwise indicated.

2. For uncoated glass, comply with requirements for Condition A. 3. For coated vision glass, comply with requirements for Condition C (other coated glass).

C. Pyrolytic-Coated, Self-Cleaning, Low-Maintenance Glass: Clear float glass with a coating on first surface having both photocatalytic and hydrophilic properties that act to loosen dirt and to cause water to sheet evenly over the glass instead of beading.

D. Uncoated Tinted Float Glass: Class 2, complying with other requirements specified.

E. Silicone-Coated Spandrel Glass: ASTM C 1048, Condition C, Type I, Quality-Q3, and complying with other requirements specified.

2.4 INSULATING GLASS

A. Insulating-Glass Units: Factory-assembled units consisting of sealed lites of glass separated by a dehydrated interspace, qualified according to ASTM E 2190, and complying with other requirements specified.

1. Sealing System: Dual seal, with manufacturer's standard primary and secondary. 2. Spacer: Manufacturer's standard spacer material and construction. 3. Desiccant: Molecular sieve or silica gel, or blend of both.

Page 119: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 088000 GLAZING

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 4 of 6 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

2.5 GLAZING GASKETS

A. Dense Compression Gaskets: Molded or extruded gaskets of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal, made from one of the following:

1. EPDM complying with ASTM C 864. 2. Silicone complying with ASTM C 1115. 3. Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber complying with ASTM C 1115.

B. Soft Compression Gaskets: Extruded or molded, closed-cell, integral-skinned EPDM, silicone, or thermoplastic polyolefin rubber gaskets complying with ASTM C 509, Type II, black; of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal.

1. Application: Use where soft compression gaskets will be compressed by inserting dense compression gaskets on opposite side of glazing or pressure applied by means of pressure-glazing stops on opposite side of glazing.

C. Lock-Strip Gaskets: Neoprene extrusions in size and shape indicated, fabricated into frames with molded corner units and zipper lock-strips, complying with ASTM C 542, black.

2.6 GLAZING SEALANTS

A. General: Compatibility: Provide glazing sealants that are compatible with one another and with other materials they will contact, including glass products, seals of insulating-glass units, and glazing channel substrates, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience.

1. Suitability: Comply with sealant and glass manufacturers' written instructions for selecting glazing sealants suitable for applications indicated and for conditions existing at time of installation.

2. Colors of Exposed Glazing Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

B. Perimeter Sealants: As specified in Division 09 Section "Sealants".

2.7 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS

A. General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials for application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation.

B. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer.

C. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5.

D. Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions of hardness required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated.

E. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement (side walking).

Page 120: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 088000 GLAZING

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 5 of 6 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

F. Cylindrical Glazing Sealant Backing: ASTM C 1330, Type O (open-cell material), of size and density to control glazing sealant depth and otherwise produce optimum glazing sealant performance.

2.8 FABRICATION OF GLAZING UNITS

A. General: Fabricate glazing units in sizes required to fit openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with written instructions of product manufacturer and referenced glazing publications, to comply with system performance requirements.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GLAZING

A. General: Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications.

1. Adjust glazing channel dimensions as required by Project conditions during installation to provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances.

2. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass is glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass and impair performance and appearance.

3. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction testing.

4. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead.

5. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites.

B. Spacers: Provide spacers for glass lites where length plus width is larger than 50 inches.

1. Locate spacers directly opposite each other on both inside and outside faces of glass. Install correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearances, unless gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated ability to maintain required face clearances and to comply with system performance requirements.

2. Provide 1/8-inch minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width. With glazing tape, use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape.

C. Edge Blocking: Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving sideways in glazing channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and according to requirements in referenced glazing publications.

D. Setting Glass: Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics.

Page 121: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 088000 GLAZING

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 6 of 6 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

1. Set glass lites with proper orientation so that coatings face exterior or interior as specified.

E. Wedge-Shaped Gaskets: Where wedge-shaped gaskets are driven into one side of channel to pressurize sealant or gasket on opposite side, provide adequate anchorage so gasket cannot walk out when installation is subjected to movement.

1. Square cut wedge-shaped gaskets at corners and install gaskets in a manner recommended by gasket manufacturer to prevent corners from pulling away; seal corner joints and butt joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer.

3.2 GASKET GLAZING (DRY)

A. General: Cut compression gaskets to lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with allowance for stretch during installation.

1. Insert soft compression gasket between glass and frame or fixed stop so it is securely in place with joints miter cut and bonded together at corners.

2. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops.

B. Installation with Drive-in Wedge Gaskets: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against soft compression gasket by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer.

C. Installation with Pressure-Glazing Stops: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against soft compression gasket. Install dense compression gaskets and pressure-glazing stops, applying pressure uniformly to compression gaskets. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer.

END OF SECTION 088000

Page 122: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 3 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

SECTION 089119

FIXED LOUVERS

PART 1 - PRODUCTS

1.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Structural Performance: Louvers shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and wind and seismic loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated without permanent deformation of louver components, noise or metal fatigue caused by louver-blade rattle or flutter, or permanent damage to fasteners and anchors. Wind pressures shall be considered to act normal to the face of the building.

B. Seismic Performance: Louvers, including attachments to other construction, shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7.

C. Louver Performance Ratings: Provide louvers complying with requirements specified, as demonstrated by testing manufacturer's stock units identical to those provided, except for length and width according to AMCA 500-L.

1.2 MATERIALS

A. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T5, T-52, or T6.

B. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003 or 5005 with temper as required for forming, or as otherwise recommended by metal producer for required finish.

C. Fasteners: Use types and sizes to suit unit installation conditions.

1. Use Phillips flat-head, tamper resistant screws for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated. 2. For fastening aluminum, use aluminum or 300 series stainless-steel fasteners.

D. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187.

SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Fixed extruded aluminum louvers.

Page 123: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 011000 SUMMARY

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 3 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

1.3 FABRICATION

A. Fabricate frames, including integral sills, to fit in openings of sizes indicated, with allowances made for fabrication and installation tolerances, adjoining material tolerances, and perimeter sealant joints.

B. Join frame members to each other and to fixed louver blades with fillet welds , threaded fasteners, or both, as standard with louver manufacturer unless otherwise indicated or size of louver assembly makes bolted connections between frame members necessary.

PART 2 - EXECUTION

2.1 INSTALLATION

A. Locate and place louvers level, plumb, and at indicated alignment with adjacent work.

B. Use concealed anchorages where possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws where required to protect metal surfaces and to make a weathertight connection.

C. Provide perimeter reveals and openings of uniform width for sealants and joint fillers, as indicated.

D. Protect aluminum surfaces that are in contact with concrete, masonry, or dissimilar metals from corrosion and galvanic action by applying a heavy coating of bituminous paint or by separating surfaces with waterproof gaskets or non-metallic flashing.

END OF SECTION 089119

Page 124: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 011000 SUMMARY

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 3 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

Page 125: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 4 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

SECTION 092116

GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or with gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations, whichever are more stringent.

B. Panel Installation Conditions: Do not install interior products until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned.

1. Do not install panels that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged.

a. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, and irregular shape.

b. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency.

SUMMARY

A. Section includes: Gypsum board shaft-wall assemblies for the following:

1. Shaft-wall enclosures. 2. Chase enclosures.

Page 126: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 092116 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 4 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

2.2 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES

A. Fire-Resistance Rating: As indicated.

B. STC Rating: As indicated.

C. Studs: Manufacturer's standard profile for repetitive members, corner and end members, and fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated.

D. Runner Tracks: Manufacturer's standard J-profile track with manufacturer's standard long-leg length, but at least 2 inches long and matching studs in depth.

E. Firestop Tracks: Provide firestop track at head of shaft wall on each floor level.

F. Elevator Hoistway Entrances: Manufacturer's standard J-profile jamb strut with long-leg length of 3 inches, matching studs in depth, and not less than 0.040 inches thick.

G. Finish: As indicated by fire-resistance-rated assembly design designation.

H. Insulation: Sound attenuation blankets as specified in Division 07 Section "Building Insulation."

2.3 PANEL PRODUCTS

A. Recycled Content of Gypsum Panel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than 25% percent by weight.

B. Panel Size: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated.

C. Gypsum Shaftliner Board, Type X: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M; manufacturer's proprietary fire-resistive liner panels with paper faces.

1. Type: Non-combustible gypsum core encased in a water-resistant, 100-percent recycled green face and back paper.

2. Fire Resistance: UL/ULC-Classified for fire resistance, surface burning characteristics, and non-combustibility (Type SLX).

3. Thickness: 1 inch. 4. Long Edges: Double bevel.

D. Gypsum Shaftliner Board, Moisture- and Mold-Resistant Type X: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M; manufacturer's proprietary fire-resistive liner panels with moisture- and mold-resistant core and surfaces.

1. Type: Non-combustible gypsum core encased in a water-resistant, 100-percent recycled green face and back paper.

2. Fire Resistance: UL/ULC-Classified for fire resistance, surface burning characteristics, and non-combustibility (Type SLX).

3. Thickness: 1 inch. 4. Long Edges: Double bevel. 5. Mold Resistance: ASTM D 3273, score of 10 as rated according to ASTM D 3274.

Page 127: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 092116 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 4 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

6. Use at chase walls where plumbing fixtures are located.

E. Gypsum Board: As specified in Division 09 Section "Gypsum Board."

2.4 AUXILIARY MATERIALS

A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with manufacturer's written recommendations.

B. Trim Accessories: Cornerbead, edge trim, and control joints of material and shapes as specified in Division 09 Section "Gypsum Board" that comply with gypsum board shaft wall assembly manufacturer's written recommendations for application indicated.

C. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002 unless otherwise indicated.

D. Track Fasteners: Power-driven fasteners of size and material required to withstand loading conditions imposed on shaft wall assemblies without exceeding allowable design stress of track, fasteners, or structural substrates in which anchors are embedded.

1. Expansion Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 5 times design load, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified testing agency.

2. Power-Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 10 times design load, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 1190 conducted by a qualified testing agency.

E. Sound Attenuation Blankets: As specified in Division 07 Section "Building Insulation."

F. Acoustical Sealant: As specified in Division 09 Section "Gypsum Board."

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. General: Examine substrates to which gypsum board shaft wall assemblies attach or abut, with Installer present, including hollow-metal frames, elevator hoistway door frames, cast-in anchors, and structural framing. Examine for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.

1. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

Page 128: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 092116 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 4 of 4 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. General: Install gypsum board shaft wall assemblies to comply with requirements of fire-resistance-rated assemblies indicated, manufacturer's written installation instructions, and ASTM C 754 other than stud-spacing requirements.

B. Expansion Joint: Do not bridge building expansion joints with shaft wall assemblies; frame both sides of expansion joints with furring and other support.

C. Supplementary Framing: Install supplementary framing in gypsum board shaft wall assemblies around openings and as required for blocking, bracing, and support of gravity and pullout loads of fixtures, equipment, services, heavy trim, furnishings, wall-mounted door stops, and similar items that cannot be supported directly by shaft wall assembly framing.

D. Elevator Hoistway: At elevator hoistway-entrance door frames, provide jamb struts on each side of door frame.

E. Reinforcing: Where handrails directly attach to gypsum board shaft wall assemblies, provide galvanized steel reinforcing strip with 0.033-inch minimum thickness of base metal (uncoated), accurately positioned and secured behind at least one layer of face panel.

F. Penetrations: At penetrations in shaft wall, maintain fire-resistance rating of shaft wall assembly by installing supplementary steel framing around perimeter of penetration and fire protection behind boxes containing wiring devices, elevator call buttons, elevator floor indicators, and similar items.

G. Panel Perimenter: Isolate perimeter of gypsum panels from building structure to prevent cracking of panels, while maintaining continuity of fire-rated construction.

H. Firestop Tracks: Where indicated, install to maintain continuity of fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated.

I. Control Joints: Install control joints according to ASTM C 840 and in specific locations approved by Architect while maintaining fire-resistance rating of gypsum board shaft wall assemblies.

J. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing.

END OF SECTION 092116

Page 129: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 3 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

SECTION 092216

NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING

PART 1 - PRODUCTS

1.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies that incorporate non-load-bearing steel framing, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated, according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency.

B. Horizontal Deflection: Deflection Limits for interior non-load-bearing partitions and walls shall be L/240.

1.2 FRAMING SYSTEMS

A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than 25 percent.

B. Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated.

1. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal unless otherwise indicated.

2. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40, hot-dip galvanized unless otherwise indicated.

C. Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645.

1. Contractor’s Option: Provide either regular or stamped steel studs and runners.

D. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where indicated, provide one of the following:

1. Single Long-Leg Runner System: ASTM C 645 top runner with 2-inch- deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs, installed with studs friction fit into top runner and with continuous bridging located within 12 inches of the top of studs to provide lateral bracing.

SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Non-load-bearing steel framing systems for interior partitions.

Page 130: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 092216 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 3 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

2. Double-Runner System: ASTM C 645 top runners, inside runner with 2-inch- deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs and fastened to studs, and outer runner sized to friction fit inside runner.

3. Deflection Track: Steel sheet top runner manufactured to prevent cracking of finishes applied to interior partition framing resulting from deflection of structure above; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs.

E. Firestop Tracks: Top runner manufactured to allow partition heads to expand and contract with movement of the structure while maintaining continuity of fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs.

1.3 AUXILIARY MATERIALS

A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards.

1. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and

other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates.

B. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls: Provide one of the following:

1. Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt: ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt), nonperforated.

2. Foam Gasket: Adhesive-backed, closed-cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastener penetration

without foam displacement, 1/8 inch thick, in width to suit steel stud size.

PART 2 - EXECUTION

2.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Installation Standard: ASTM C 754.

1. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 840 that apply to framing installation.

B. Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction.

C. Install bracing at terminations in assemblies.

D. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with non-load-bearing steel framing members. Frame both sides of joints independently.

2.2 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES

A. Install framing system components according to spacings indicated, but not greater than spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly types.

Page 131: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 092216 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 3 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

1. Spacing and size of studs are indicated on the Drawings: Partition Types.

B. Where studs are installed directly against exterior masonry walls, concrete, or dissimilar metals at exterior walls, install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall.

C. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same direction.

D. Tracks: Install tracks (runners) at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling.

1. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports, install to produce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of finished assemblies.

2. Door Openings: Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs.

a. Install two studs at each jamb unless otherwise indicated. b. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2-inch clearance

from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint in finished assembly. c. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of overhead

structure.

3. Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door openings unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads.

4. Fire-Resistance-Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated and support closures and to make partitions continuous from floor to underside of solid structure.

a. Firestop Track: Where indicated, install to maintain continuity of fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated.

E. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing.

END OF SECTION 092216

Page 132: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 4 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

SECTION 092900

GYPSUM BOARD

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations, whichever are more stringent.

B. Do not install paper-faced gypsum panels until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned.

C. Do not install panels that are wet, those that are moisture damaged, and those that are mold damaged.

1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape.

2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency.

2.2 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD

A. Size: Provide maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated.

B. Gypsum Board, Type X: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M.

SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Interior gypsum board, rated at dimissing wall.

Page 133: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 092900 GYPSUM BOARD

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 4 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

1. Thickness: 5/8 inch. 2. Long Edges: Tapered and featured (rounded or beveled) for prefilling.

C. Gypsum Board, Type C: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. Manufactured to have increased fire-resistive capability.

1. Comparable Products by National Gypsum Company. 2. Thickness: As required by fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated on Drawings. 3. Long Edges: Tapered.

2.3 TRIM ACCESSORIES

A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047.

1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet or rolled zinc.

2.4 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS

A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M.

B. Joint Tape: Paper.

C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Board: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats.

2.5 AUXILIARY MATERIALS

A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written recommendations.

B. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick.

2. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by panel manufacturer.

C. Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool.

1. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral-fiber requirements of assembly.

D. Acoustical Joint Sealant: Manufacturer's standard non-sag, paintable, non-staining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834. Product effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90.

Page 134: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 092900 GYPSUM BOARD

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 4 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL

A. Comply with ASTM C 840.

B. Install ceiling panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member.

C. Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place.

D. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings.

E. Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels.

F. Cover both faces of support framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chases braced internally.

1. Unless concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. in area.

2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits. 3. Where partitions intersect structural members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and

decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by structural members; allow 1/4- to 3/8-inch- wide joints to install sealant.

G. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structural abutments, except floors. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch- wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant.

H. Attachment to Steel Framing: Attach panels so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first.

I. Install sound attenuation blankets before installing gypsum panels unless blankets are readily installed after panels have been installed on one side.

3.2 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD

A. Install interior gypsum board in types and locations indicated.

B. Single-Layer Application: On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing unless otherwise indicated.

Page 135: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 092900 GYPSUM BOARD

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 4 of 4 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

1. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly, and minimize end joints.

a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of panels.

b. At high walls, install panels horizontally unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly.

2. On Z-furring members, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) with no end joints. Locate edge joints over furring members.

3. Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws.

3.3 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES

A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Control Joints: Install control joints according to ASTM C 840 and in specific locations approved by Architect for visual effect.

3.4 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD

A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas.

B. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except for trim products specifically indicated as not intended to receive tape.

C. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C 840:

1. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated. 2. Level 4: At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view.

END OF SECTION 092900

Page 136: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 10

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

SECTION 133419

Pre-Engineered Metal Building PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Requirements of Division 1 apply to all Work of this Section

1.2 SCOPE

A. All labor, materials, tools, equipment, scaffolding or other structures or hoisting, and supervision required for the manufacture, cartage, unloading, storage, installation, cleanup and protection of the pre-engineered metal buildings as specified herein and shown on the plans, details and addenda.

B. See related Pre-engineered Metal Building (PEMB) Scope Sheet

1.3 RELATED WORK (See also Table of Contents)

A. Furnish anchor bolts, embeds and layout templates to Section 03 30 00 - Concrete for placement in slab as necessary.

B. Section 03 21 00: Reinforcing Steel. C. Section 03 30 00: Cast-in-place Concrete. D. Section 05 40 00: Cold-Formed Metal Framing.

E. See Specification Table of Contents

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Referenced Standards:

1. AISC: "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings". 2. AISC: "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges". 3. CBC: "California Building Code", 2013 edition. 4. AISI: "Specification for the Design of Cold Formed Steel Structural Members", latest edition. 5. AWS: "Structural Welding Code D.1.1".

6. ASTM A36 - Structural Steel. 7. ASTM A153 - Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. 8. ASTM A307 - Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners. 9. ASTM A325 - High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. 10. ASTM A386 - Zinc-coating (Hot-Dip) on Assembled Steel Products. 11. ASTM A446 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process, Structural (Physical)

Quality.

Page 137: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 133419 – PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 10

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

12. ASTM A653 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. (Formerly known as ASTM A446).

13. ASTM A490 - Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. 14. ASTM A500 - Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and

Shapes. 15. ASTM A501 - Hot Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing/ 16. ASTM A525 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hop-Dip Process, General

Requirements. 17. ASTM A529 - Structural Steel with 42,000 psi (290 MPa) Minimum Yield Point. 18. ASTM A572 - High Strength Low Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Steel of Structural Quality. 19. AWS A2.0 - Standard Welding Symbols. 20. SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Council.

B. SUBMITTALS

1. Product data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for manufactured products.

2. Shop drawings: Submit showing details of construction, layout, anchoring, jointing, and dimensions

of fabricated items for review before fabrication and installation. Structural Drawings, calculations and details shall be certified by a Civil Engineer licensed in the State of California.

3. Structural calculations: Submit 3 copies of complete structural design calculations prepared and

certified by a Civil Engineer licensed in the State of California. Include vertical loads, lateral seismic loads, and lateral wind load calculations. Calculations shall be complete and shall include roof decks, wall panels, structural members, equipment supports, framing around openings, braces and connections.

a. Note: Structural calculations shall be submitted with completed Shop Drawings. b. Where structural calculations are electronically prepared submit diagrammatic models of

each element clearly cross-referenced to calculations.

4. Foundation Loads: Submit complete Building Reactions for all CBC required load combinations for use in verifying the foundation system. The Building Reactions shall be certified by a Civil Engineer licensed in the State of California.

5. Samples: Submit color samples of siding, roofing and interior panels. Samples shall be actual paint

system and selected colors applied on metal.

C. INSPECTION 1. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation or metal building systems and verify that

conditions are satisfactory for installation of components. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence installation of components until such conditions have been corrected.

1.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Clear span rigid frame. B. Bay spacing as shown on drawings. Columns and vertical supports shall occur only in locations shown.

Page 138: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 133419 – PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 10

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

C. Primary framing: Rigid frame of rafter beams and columns, canopy beams, intermediate columns, wall

columns and wind bracing. D. Secondary framing: Purlins, girts, eave struts, flange bracing, sill supports, clips, and other items

detailed. Provide sag rods to girts at 10'-0" cc maximum. E. Wall and roof system: Preformed metal panels of vertical profile, with sub-girt framing/anchorage

assembly, insulation and accessory components. F. Roof slope: As shown on Drawings. G. Insulation: See Architectural drawings

1.6 STRUCTURAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

A. General Requirements: 1. The building structure shall be designed to conform with the CBC and with all additional

requirements as set forth in this specification. See also Pre-engineered Metal Building (PEMB) Scope Sheet.

2. Loads for stress, drift and deflection calculations shall be as specified below. 3. Field measurement: Make field measurement as required prior to fabrication and installation. 4. Coordination: Coordinate with other Work to ensure proper sequencing and fitting of construction. 5. Shop assembly: Pre-assemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing

and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for re-assembly and coordination installation.

B. Loads (See also Pre-engineered Metal Building (PEMB) Scope Sheet):

1. Dead Loads:

a. Building Dead Loads

1) Dead Loads shall include the weight of the building system. Including, but not limited to,

columns, frames, purlins, roofing and covering members.

b. Collateral Dead Loads 1) Dead Loads shall include the weight of all permanent elements shown on the drawings in

addition to the building system. Including, but not limited to, mechanical equipment and ducting, plumbing, electrical, sprinklers, suspended ceilings, walls, fixed equipment, etc., supported on or suspended from the roof, floor or walls.

2) IWPF Building: 8 pounds per square foot (psf) minimum unless actual loads result in

more critical stress or deflection. Provide allowance for an additional 6 psf to allow for future photovoltaic panels on the roof.

3) Admin Building: 10 pounds per square foot (psf) minimum roof and 10 pounds per square

foot (psf) minimum floor load unless actual loads result in more critical stress or deflection.

4) 500 pound concentrated load applied anywhere on the roof or canopy framing. This load need not be applied to the metal roofing.

2. Live Loads:

Page 139: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 133419 – PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 4 of 10

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

a. Roof Live Loads shall not be less than any of the following:

1) Uniform Live Load of 20 pounds per square foot on roofs and canopies. This live load may be reduced on the basis of tributary area.

b. Floor Live Loads shall not be less than any of the following:

1) Uniform Live Load of 85 pounds per square foot at office areas. This live load may be reduced on the basis of tributary area.

2) Uniform Live Load of 100 pounds per square foot at corridor and exit-way areas. This live load may be reduced on the basis of tributary area.

3. Partition Loads:

a. Apply a uniform load of 15 psf to all office floor areas

4. Wind Loads: a. Wind forces shall be computed per ASCE 7-10 Chapter 26.. Assume an Enclosed Structure.

b. Basic Wind Speed

1) The Basic Wind Speed shall be 110 MPH minimum. Use of lower wind speeds is not

acceptable. c. Exposure Category:

1) The Exposure Category shall be C.

d. Wind Importance Factor:

1) The Wind Importance Factor, Iw, shall be 1.00.

5. Seismic Loads: a. Seismic forces shall be computed according to ASCE7-10 Chapter 11 with criteria as listed

below.

1) Site Class – E

2) Risk Category = II

3) Ss = 1.686 S1 = 0.666

Sds = 1.012 Sd1 = 1.065

4) Seismic Design Category = D

5) I = 1.00; Ip = 1.00

6) R = 3.5 (moment frame); R = 3.25 (rod bracing)

7) Ω = 3 (moment frame); Ω = 2 (rod bracing)

8) Period, T, shall be per ASCE7-10 Section 12.8.2.

b. The building structure shall be designed to provide lateral resistance to seismic forces generated from, but not limited to the sum of the following: 1) Dead Loads, including Collateral and Auxiliary Loads, as specified above.

Page 140: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 133419 – PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 5 of 10

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

2) Seismic mass due to interior partitions shall not be taken as less than 5 pounds per

square foot.

6. Auxiliary Loads: a. Loads from the following shall be included.

1) Rooftop mechanical equipment – see structural and mechanical drawings for loads 2) Roof screens & monitors – See Architectural drawings 3) Reactions from stair framing – see structural plan notes for loads 4) Elevator guiderail reactions - see structural plan notes for loads

C. Deflections and Drift: 1. Deflections and Drifts shall be calculated using the forces specified above. 2. Deflections of roof and canopy decks shall not exceed:

a. L/240 of the center-to-center span subject to Dead (including Collateral) plus Live Loads.

b. L/240 of the center-to-center span subject to Dead (including Collateral) plus Snow Loads. c. L/240 of the center-to-center span subject to Dead (including Collateral) plus Wind Loads.

3. Deflections of structural members shall not exceed:

a. L/240 of the clear span subject to Dead (including Collateral) plus Live Loads. b. L/240 of the clear span subject to Dead (including Collateral) plus Snow Loads.

c. L/240 of the clear span subject to Dead (including Collateral) plus Wind Loads.

4. Cumulative deflection of members supporting operable partitions shall not exceed one half inch

under Live Load plus the Dead Load of the partition.

5. Cumulative deflection of members supporting operable partitions shall not exceed one half inch under Snow Load plus the Dead Load of the partition.

6. Seismic Drift:

a. Drift analysis shall be based upon strength level forces as set forth in this specification. b. Drift analysis shall be an elastic static analysis neglecting stiffness contributed by elements not

part of the lateral force resisting system. c. Lateral drift due to seismic forces computed at the eave shall be limited to .020 times the eave

height.

7. Wind Drift:

a. Lateral drift due to wind forces computed at the eave shall be limited to 0.005 times the eave height.

D. Lateral Bracing System Requirements:

1. The use of Cables shall not be allowed for Roof Diaphragm Bracing and Transverse Vertical Bracing.

Page 141: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 133419 – PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 6 of 10

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

2. Longitudinal vertical (wall) bracing shall meet the following requirements:

a. Lateral force resisting system shall consist of moment resisting frames or solid steel rod

bracing. b. Frame locations shall be coordinated with the Architectural Drawings.

4. General Requirements:

a. Bracing and connections shall be capable of transferring loads from structure to foundations in a direct manner. Eccentricities shall be avoided, and shall be accounted for where they occur. Stiffeners shall be added where required so that bending of column and/or beam webs perpendicular to the plane of the webs is avoided.

b. There shall be a complete and continuous "collector" and "chord" system capable of delivering

the code specified lateral forces to the bracing systems. Collector and chord members shall be designed to resist axial tension and compression forces in combination with any other loads delivered simultaneously to these members.

c. Adequate tie-downs for overturning forces to the foundations shall be provided. d. Columns shall be hinged at the base in both directions.

E. Expansion and sliding joints: Where applicable to building length, separation may be provided to allow seismic and thermal movements of framing members in the longitudinal axis of the building. "Double columns" are allowed at the separation. Coordinate locations with Architectural Drawings.

G. Where integral items of work are not included as part of this section, Contractor shall make special effort in coordinating and in detailing the Work. The metal building system is design/build; therefore, not all design details are indicated, or can be indicated, in the Contract Documents for relationship among the various types of Work.

1.7 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Provide factory wrapping, packaging, and other means necessary to prevent damage or deterioration during shipment, handling and storage.

B. Maintain protective coverings in place and in good repair until removal is necessary for the Work. C. Store products inside enclosed storage facilities or closed building, supported above grade and slabs-

on-grade. D. Maintain storage spaces and products in dry condition at all times and within temperature extremes

recommended by manufacturer. Follow any special instructions by manufacturer. 1.8 PROTECTION

A. Protect products against damage during field handling and installation. B. Protect adjacent existing and newly placed construction and finishes as necessary to prevent damage

during installation of this Work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ACCEPTED MANUFACTURERS

Page 142: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 133419 – PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 7 of 10

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

A. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1. ARMCO Building Systems 2. Butler Manufacturing Company 3. Varco-Pruden Company 4. Metallic Building Systems 5. Star 6. Approved equivalent

B. Each manufacturer to modify its standard metal building systems as necessary to comply with the requirements indicated in the Contract Documents.

C. Manufacturer shall be IAS AC472 accredited.

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Roof Panels:

1. The exposed metal roof construction shall be of such configuration to provide the load carrying capabilities and deflection requirements of this Specification.

2. Metal roof panels shall be a minimum 36 inches wide (net coverage) by 1-1/2 inches deep

minimum 24 gauge panels of the exterior type to which the thermal insulation and various interior finishes may be field applied. The metal faces shall be of zinc coated steel, and shall be supplied with a factory applied painted finish. Panel shall be sculptured for rigidity, and secured to the purlins with self-drilling structural screws with painted head assembled with a separate EPDM washer.

3. Where roof panels are to be used as structural diaphragms to resist wind or seismic forces, roof decks must have and ICC-ES approval and be installed in conformance with all ICC-ES requirements. Shear values shall not exceed ICC-ES approved values.

B. Purlins (Roof Support Members):

1. The configuration, thickness, and spacing of the purlins shall be the building manufacturer's standard; the depth shall be 8 inches. The allowable design capacity of cold formed purlin members shall be calculated in accordance with the provisions of the AISI "Specification for the Design of Cold Formed Steel Structural Members". The manufacturer shall certify that the purlin bracing system provided conforms to Metal Buildings Manufacturers Association requirements.

2. Any intermediate supports between purlins necessary to support mechanical units above or below

the roof shall be provided as part of the work of this section.

C. Wall Panels:

1. Metal curtain wall panels shall be a minimum 36 inches wide (net coverage) by 1-1/2 inches deep minimum 24 gauge panels of the exterior type to which the thermal insulation and various interior finishes may be field applied. The metal faces shall be of zinc coated steel, and shall be supplied with a factory applied painted finish. Panel shall be sculptured for rigidity.

2. The covering width and configuration of the panel shall be the building manufacturer's standard

design provided all design criteria, including deflection, are met or exceeded. Side seams shall be overlapping and concealed.

3. The wall panels shall be fastened to supports with screws or bolts. Fasteners within 8 feet of grade

shall be tamperproof rivets or security fasteners. 4. The top, bottom and intermediate panel closures, flashings and trim shall be the building

manufacturer's standard, matching the material furnished as wall panels.

Page 143: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 133419 – PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 8 of 10

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

5. Gutters shall be manufacturer’s standard or wide profile, sized per SMACNA rainfall and drainage

criteria for roof area of each building. Fascias will be chosen by Architect from manufacturer's standard lines.

D. Girts:

1. The girt's configuration and thickness shall be the building manufacturer's standard, provided all

design criteria, including deflection and girt spacing, are met. Provide sag rods and indicate rod locations on Shop Drawings.

2. Based on a simple span, the deflection of the girts supporting the wall coverings shall be limited by

the effect of deflection in the particular type of interior wall finish specified herein. In no case shall deflections exceed limits specified in this Specification. Forces producing deflections shall be based on the previously prescribed design wind and seismic loads.

3. In addition to or in lieu of manufacturer's standard spacing, girts shall be located at the following

elevations: 3'-6" from top of girt to finished floor.

E. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames:

1. Provide hollow metal doors and frames, complete with finish hardware, keyed to match the Owner's master key system.

2. Provide finish hardware in accordance with the referenced Section. 3. Provide steel doors and frames constructed in accordance with the referenced Section.

F. Aluminum Windows:

1. Provide aluminum windows, complete with operable hardware and insect screens, flashings, and

framing as necessary to insure rigidity.

a. Awning b. Casement c. Fixed

2. Provide insulated glazing in accordance with the referenced Section.

G. Overhead Coiling Doors:

1. Design and provide Overhead Coiling Door framing and mounting requirements to resist Wind Loads as specified in this specification.

2. Provide metal siding or flashing as required to close off framed openings.

H. Paint:

1. All exterior wall and roof panels to be factory coated with a thermosetting type finish of a

formulation designed to provide 20 years of film and color life.

2. Structural Steel to be prepared per SSPC-SP 3-63 and primed with a lead-free rust inhibitive alkyd metal primer, color to be selected by Architect. Exposed Exterior Structural Steel shall receive a Finish Paint, as previously noted.

2.3 FABRICATION

A. General:

Page 144: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 133419 – PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 9 of 10

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

1. Coordinate metalwork with adjoining work for details of attachment, fittings, etc. Be responsible for fabrication, detailing and correct fitting of steel members to each other and to their supports.

2. Use materials of size and thickness indicated, or if not indicated, of required size and thickness to

produce strength and durability in finished product. Work to dimensions indicated or as required, using proven details of fabrication and support. Use type of materials indicated or specified for various components of Work.

3. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight, sharp

edges. Ease exposed edges, unless otherwise indicated. Form bent metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. Form joints exposed to weather to exclude water.

4. Make permanent connections in ferrous metal surfaces using welds wherever possible; do not use

bolts or screws where they can be avoided. Conceal fastenings where practical. PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install components and systems to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, applicable standards, and governing codes.

B. Install work sloped where indicated; otherwise plumb, level, and true to line with tolerances not

exceeding 1/4 inch in runs of 20 feet. C. Anchor components securely in place; provide for necessary thermal and structural movements. D. The exterior envelope of the building shall be watertight to the interior; no uncontrolled water shall

infiltrate into the building. E. Do not install any prefinished component which has defects, including damaged finish, dents, warps or

bends. F. In order to minimize the potential of damaging the finish coating, do not remove the protective coating or

wrapping until the component is ready for installation. G. Provide bitumastic paint, 15 mils minimum DFT, between dissimilar materials to prevent galvanic

corrosion. 3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Clean exposed surfaces of pre-finished work promptly after completion of installation. Comply with recommendations of the coating manufacturer.

B. Remove shavings from the face of siding and finished surfaces of building to prevent them from rusting

and discoloring paint surfaces. C. Protect the pre-finished work as needed to ensure that the work will be without damage or deterioration

at the time of final acceptance. 3.3 REPAIR AND TOUCH UP

A. Remove and replace panels and component parts of the work which have been damaged (including finish) beyond successful repair, as determined by the Architect. Repair minor damage as acceptable to the Architect.

Page 145: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Pre-engineered Metal Building Criteria and Pricing October 30, 2015

SECTION 133419 – PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 10 of 10

Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577

B. Repair minor damage on the painted finish with touch-up paint. Touch-up paint shall be field-applied type, siliconized acrylic or urethane, with exact color, gloss, and appearance match. Touch-up paint only the actual damaged area with very little overlap to undamaged area.

END OF SECTION 13 34 19

Page 146: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods October 30, 2015

SECTION 220050

BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS AND METHODS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Flexible joints.

1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. This Section is a part of each Division 22 Section.

1.3 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Furnish and install any incidental work not shown or specified which is necessary to provide a complete and workable system.

1.4 REFERENCED STANDARDS

A. Where material or equipment is specified to conform to referenced standards, it shall be assumed that the most recent edition of the standard in effect at the time of bid shall be used.

1. CSA – Canadian Standards Association International 2. ANSI - American National Standards Institute 3. ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials 4. CCR - California Code of Regulations

a. Title 8 - Division of Industrial Safety, Subchapter 7; General Industry Safety Orders, Articles 31 through 36

5. NCPWB - National Certified Pipe Welding Bureau 6. CEC - California Electrical Code 7. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers' Association 8. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association 9. OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Act 10. UL - Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 11 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 1 of 11

Page 147: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods October 30, 2015

SECTION 220050 – BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS AND METHODS

1.5 DRAWINGS

A. Examine Contract Documents prior to bidding of work and report discrepancies in writing to Architect.

B. Drawings showing location of equipment and materials are diagrammatic and job conditions will not always permit installation in location shown. The Plumbing Drawings show general arrangement of equipment and materials, etc., and shall be followed as closely as existing conditions, actual building construction, and work of other trades permit.

1. Architectural and Structural Drawings shall be considered part of the Work. These Drawings furnish Contractor with information relating to design and construction of the Project. Architectural Drawings take precedence over Plumbing Drawings.

2. Because of the small scale of Plumbing Drawings, not all offsets, fittings, and accessories required are shown. Investigate structural and finish conditions affecting the Work and arrange Work accordingly. Provide offsets, fittings, and accessories required to meet conditions. Inform Architect immediately when job conditions do not permit installation of equipment and materials in the locations shown. Obtain the Architects approval prior to relocation of equipment and materials.

3. Relocate equipment and materials installed without prior approval of the Architect. Remove and relocate equipment and materials at Contactors’ expense upon Architects’ direction.

4. Minor changes in locations of equipment, piping, etc., from locations shown shall be made when directed by the Architect at no additional cost to the Owner providing such change is ordered before such items of work, or work directly connected to same are installed and providing no additional material is required.

C. Execute work mentioned in Specifications and not shown on Drawings, or vice versa, the same as if specifically mentioned or shown in both.

1.6 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES

A. The publications listed below form part of this specification; comply with provisions of these publications except as otherwise shown or specified.

1. California Building Code, 2013 2. California Electrical Code, 2013 3. California Energy Code, 2013 4. California Fire Code, 2013 5. California Green Building Standards Code, 2013 6. California Mechanical Code, 2013 7. California Plumbing Code, 2013 8. California Code of Regulations, Title 24 9. California Health and Safety Code 10. CAL-OSHA 11. California State Fire Marshal, Title 19 CCR 12. National Fire Protection Association 13. Occupational Safety and Health Administration 14. Other applicable state laws

B. Nothing in Drawings or specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming to these codes, or to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. It is not the intent of Drawings or specifications to repeat requirements of codes except where necessary for clarity.

C. Comply with State of California 2013 Energy Code for all systems, equipment, and construction.

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 11 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 2 of 11

Page 148: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods October 30, 2015

SECTION 220050 – BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS AND METHODS

D. When Contract Documents differ from governing codes, furnish and install larger size or higher standards

called for without extra charge.

E. No material installed as part of this Work shall contain asbestos.

1.7 FEES AND PERMITS

A. Obtain and pay for all permits and service required in installation of this work; arrange for required inspections and secure approvals from authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with requirements of Division 01.

1.8 FRAMING, CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. Special framing, recesses, chases and backing for Work of this Section, unless otherwise specified, are covered under other Specification Sections.

B. Contractor is responsible for placement of pipe sleeves, hangers, inserts, supports, and location of openings for the Work.

1.9 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittal packages may be submitted via email as PDF electronic files, or as printed packages. PDFs shall be legible at actual size (100 percent). Provide seven copies of printed submittal packages.

B. Provide submittal of materials proposed for use as part of this Project. Product names in Specifications and on Drawings are used as standards of quality. Furnish standard items on specified equipment at no extra cost to the Contract regardless of disposition of submittal data. Other materials or methods shall not be used unless approved in writing by Architect. Architect's review will be required even though "or equal" or synonymous terms are used. Refer to Division 01 for complete instructions.

1. Partial or incomplete submittals will not be considered. 2. Quantities are Contractor's responsibility and will not be reviewed. 3. Provide materials of the same brand or manufacturer for each class of equipment or material. 4. Identify each item by manufacturer, brand, trade name, number, size, rating, or other data

necessary to properly identify and review materials and equipment. Words "as specified" are not sufficient identification.

5. Identify each submittal item by reference to items’ Specification Section number and paragraph, by Drawing and detail number, and by unit tag number.

6. Organize submittals in same sequence as in Specification Sections. 7. Show physical arrangement, construction details, finishes, materials used in fabrications, provisions

for piping entrance, access requirements for installation and maintenance, physical size, mechanical characteristics, foundation and support details, and weight.

a. Submit Shop Drawings, performance curves, and other pertinent data, showing size and capacity of proposed materials.

b. Specifically indicate, by drawn detail or note, that equipment complies with each specifically stated requirement of Contract Documents.

c. Drawings shall be drawn to scale and dimensioned (except schematic diagrams). Drawings may be prepared by vendor but must be submitted as instruments of Contractor, thoroughly checked and signed by Contractor before submission to Architect for review.

d. Catalog cuts and published material may be included with supplemental scaled drawings.

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 11 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 3 of 11

Page 149: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods October 30, 2015

SECTION 220050 – BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS AND METHODS

C. Review of submittals will be only for general conformance with design concept and general compliance

with information given in Contract Documents. Review will not include quantities, dimensions, weights or gauges, fabrication processes, construction methods, coordination with work of other trades, or construction safety precautions, which are sole responsibility of Contractor. Review of a component of an assembly does not indicate acceptance of an assembly. Deviations from Contract Documents not clearly identified by Contractor are Contractor’s responsibility and will not be reviewed by Architect.

D. Within reasonable time after award of contract and in ample time to avoid delay of construction, submit to Architect Shop Drawings or submittals on all items of equipment and materials provided. Provide submittal in at least seven copies and in complete package.

1. Shop Drawings and submittals shall include Specification Section, Paragraph number, and Drawing unit symbol or detail number for reference. Organize submittals into booklets for each Specification section and submit in loose-leaf binders with index. Deviations from the Contract Documents shall be prominently displayed in the front of the submittal package and referenced to the applicable Contract requirement.

E. Furnish to the Project Inspector complete installation instructions on material and equipment before starting installation.

F. Product Data for California Green Building Standards Code Compliance: For adhesives and sealants, including primers, documentation of compliance including printed statement of VOC content and chemical components.

G. Provide product data for insulation products, including insulation, insulation facings, jackets, adhesives, sealants, and coatings, indicating compliance with requirement that these products contain less than 0.1 percent (by mass) polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) in penta, octa, or deca formulations.

H. Pipe, pipe or plumbing fittings, fixtures, solder and flux installed in a system providing water for human consumption shall comply with lead free requirements of the California Health and Safety Code Section 116875. Provide submittal information for products third-party certified by an approved laboratory as complying with California Health and Safety Code Section 116875.

1.10 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Refer to Division 01 for complete instructions. Requirements given below are in addition to or are intended to amplify Division 01 requirements. In the case of conflict between requirements given herein and those of Division 01, Division 01 requirements shall apply.

B. It is the responsibility of Contractor to assume costs incurred because of additional work and or changes required to incorporate proposed substitute into the Project. Refer to Division 01 for complete instructions.

C. Substitutions will be interpreted to be all manufacturers other than those specifically listed in the Contract Documents by brand name, model or catalog number.

D. Only one request for substitution will be considered for each item of equipment or material.

E. Substitution requests shall include the following:

1. Reason for substitution request. 2. Complete submittal information as described herein; see “Submittals.” 3. Coordinated scale layout drawings depicting position of substituted equipment in relation to other

work, with required clearances for operation, maintenance and replacement.

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 4 of 11 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 4 of 11

Page 150: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods October 30, 2015

SECTION 220050 – BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS AND METHODS

4. List optional features required for substituted equipment to meet functional requirements of the

system as indicated in Contract Documents. 5. Explanation of impact on connected utilities. 6. Explanation of impact on structural supports.

F. Installation of reviewed substitution is the Contractors’ responsibility. Any mechanical, electrical, structural, or other changes required for installation of reviewed substituted equipment or material must be made by the Contractor without additional cost to the Owner. Review by the Architect of the substituted equipment or material, including dimensioned Drawings will not waive these requirements.

G. Contractor may be required to compensate the Architect for costs related to substituted equipment or material.

1.11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

A. Furnish three complete sets of Operation and Maintenance Manual bound in hardboard binder, and one compact disc containing complete Operation and Maintenance Manual in searchable PDF format. Provide Table of Contents. Provide index tabs for each piece of equipment in binder and disc. Start compiling data upon approval of submittals.

1. Sets shall incorporate the following:

a. Service telephone number, address and contact person for each category of equipment or system.

b. Complete operating instructions for each item of plumbing equipment. c. Copies of guarantees/warrantees for each item of equipment or systems. d. Test data and system balancing reports. e. Typewritten maintenance instructions for each item of equipment listing lubricants to be

used, frequency of lubrication, inspections required, adjustment, etc. f. Manufacturers' bulletins with parts numbers, instructions, etc., for each item of equipment. g. Control diagrams and literature. h. Check test and start reports for each piece of plumbing equipment provided as part of the

Work. i. Commissioning and Preliminary Operation Tests required as part of the Work.

B. Post service telephone numbers and/or addresses in an appropriate place as designated by the Architect.

1.12 SITE CONDITIONS

A. Information on Drawings relative to existing conditions is approximate. Deviations from Drawings necessary during progress of construction to conform to actual conditions shall be approved by the Architect and shall be made without additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall be held responsible for damage caused to existing services. Promptly notify the Architect if services are found which are not shown on Drawings.

1.13 WARRANTY

A. Refer to Division 01 for warranty requirements, including effective date of warranty. Refer to specific items of equipment specified herein for warranty duration if different from that specified in Division 01.

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 5 of 11 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 5 of 11

Page 151: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods October 30, 2015

SECTION 220050 – BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS AND METHODS

B. Repair or replace defective work, material, or part that appears within the warranty period, including

damage caused by leaks.

C. On failure to comply with the above warranty within a reasonable length of time after notification is given, the Architect/Owner shall have the repairs made at the Contractor's expense.

1.14 RECORD DRAWINGS

A. Refer to Division 01, Record Documents, for requirements governing Work specified herein.

B. Upon completion of the work, deliver to Architect the following:

1. Originals of drawings showing the Work exactly as installed. 2. One complete set of reproducible drawings showing the Work exactly as installed. 3. One compact disc with complete set of drawings in PDF format showing the Work exactly as

installed.

C. Provide Contractor’s signature, verifying accuracy of record drawings.

1.15 DELIVERY AND STORAGE

A. Protect equipment and piping delivered to Project site from weather, humidity and temperature variations, dirt, dust and other contaminants.

1.16 COORDINATION

A. General:

1. Coordinate Work in this Section with trades covered in other Specifications Sections to provide a complete, operable and sanitary installation of the highest quality workmanship.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Materials or equipment of the same type shall be of the same brand wherever possible. All materials shall be new and in first class condition.

B. All sizes, capacities, and efficiency ratings shown are minimum, except that gas capacity is maximum available.

C. Refer to Sections 22 10 00 for specific system piping materials.

2.2 JOINING MATERIALS

A. Refer to Division 22 and 23 piping sections for special joining materials not listed below.

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 6 of 11 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 6 of 11

Page 152: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods October 30, 2015

SECTION 220050 – BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS AND METHODS

B. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents.

1. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch (3.2-mm) maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated

a. Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast iron and cast bronze flanges. b. Narrow-Face Type: For raised-face, Class 250, cast iron and steel flanges.

2. AWWA C111, rubber, flat face, 1/8-inch (3.2mm) thick, unless otherwise indicated; and full-face or ring type, unless other indicated.

3. Flange Bolts and Nuts: AWWA C111, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gasket, Bolts and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system

manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated.

2.3 FLEXIBLE JOINTS

A. Where indicated on Drawings, provide Metraflex Metrasphere, Style R, Mason Industries, or equal, Spherical Expansion Joints. Provide control units at each expansion joint, arranged to limit both expansion and compression.

B. Flexible joints at entry points to building shall be Barco Ductile iron, Advanced Thermal Systems, or equal, threaded style with stainless ball and mineral filled seal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PIPING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

A. Drawing plans, schematic and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings.

3.2 EXCAVATING

A. Perform all excavating required for work of this Section. Provide the services of a pipe/cable locating service prior to excavating activities to determine location of existing utilities.

B. Unless shown otherwise, provide a minimum of 2'-6" cover above top of pipe to finished grade for all service piping, unless otherwise noted. Trim trench bottom by hand or provide a 4 inch deep minimum bed of sand to provide a uniform grade and firm support throughout entire length of pipe. For all PVC pipe and for PE gas pipe, bed the pipe in 4 inch sand bed. Pipe bedding materials should be clean crushed rock, gravel or sand of which 100 percent will pass a 1 inch sieve. For pipes that are larger than 10 inches in diameter, at least 95 percent should pass a 3/4 inch sieve, and for pipes 10 inches in diameter or smaller, 100 percent should pass a 1/2 inch sieve. All other materials should have a minimum sand equivalent of 50. Only a small proportion of the native soils will meet these requirements without extensive processing; therefore, importation of pipe bedding materials should be anticipated. Pipe bedding materials shall be compacted in lifts not exceeding 6 inches in compacted thickness. Each lift shall be compacted to not less than 90 percent relative compaction at or above the optimum moisture content, in accordance with ASTM Specification D2940, except that bedding materials graded such that less than 100 percent will pass

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 7 of 11 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 7 of 11

Page 153: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods October 30, 2015

SECTION 220050 – BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS AND METHODS

a No. 200 sieve shall be compacted in 6 inch lifts using a single pass of a flat-plate, vibratory compactor or vibratory drum. Pipe bedding materials should extend at least to the spring line.

C. Maintain all warning signs, barricades, flares, and red lanterns as required.

D. For all trenches 5 feet or more in depth, submit copy of permit detailed drawings showing shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for worker protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trenches. Obtain a permit from the Division of Industrial Safety prior to beginning excavations. A copy of the permit shall be available at the site at all times.

3.3 BACKFILLING

A. Backfill shall comply with applicable provisions of Division 31 of these Specifications.

B. Except under existing or proposed paved areas, walks, roads, or similar surfaces, backfill for other types of pipe shall be made using suitable excavated material or other approved material. Place backfill in 8 inch layers, measured before compaction, and compact with impact hammer to at least 90 percent relative compaction per ASTM D2940.

C. Entire backfill for excavations under existing or proposed pavements, walks, roads, or similar surfaces, under new slabs on grade, shall be made with clean sand compacted with mechanical tamping equipment vibrator to at least 90 percent relative compaction per ASTM D2940. Remove excess earth. Increase the minimum compaction within the uppermost two feet of backfill to 95 percent.

D. Replace or repair to its original condition all sod, concrete, asphalt paving, or other materials disturbed by the trenching operation. Repair within the guarantee period as required.

3.4 INSTALLATION OF PIPING SYSTEMS

A. General:

1. All piping shall be concealed unless shown or otherwise directed. Allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.

2. Installation of piping shall be made with appropriate fittings. Bending of piping will not be accepted. 3. Install piping to permit application of insulation and to allow valve servicing. 4. Where piping or conduit is left exposed within a room, the same shall be run true to plumb,

horizontal, or intended planes. Where possible, uniform margins are to be maintained between parallel lines and/or adjacent wall, floor, or ceiling surfaces.

5. Close ends of pipe immediately after installation. Leave closure in place until removal is necessary for completion of installation.

6. Each piping system shall be thoroughly flushed and proved clean before connection to equipment. 7. Use reducing fittings; bushings shall not be allowed. Use eccentric reducing fittings wherever

necessary to provide free drainage of lines and passage of air. 8. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in. 9. Service Markers: Mark the location of each plugged or capped pipe with a 4 inch round by 30 inch

long concrete marker, set flush with finish grade. Provide 2-1/2 inch diameter engraved brass plate as part of monument marker.

10. Sanitary Sewer and Storm Drain: Grade piping inside building uniformly 1/4 inch per foot if possible but not less than 1/8 inch per foot. Run piping as straight as possible. Make piping connections between building piping and outside service pipe with cast iron reducers or increasers. Slope sewers uniformly between given elevations where invert elevations are shown.

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 8 of 11 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 8 of 11

Page 154: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods October 30, 2015

SECTION 220050 – BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS AND METHODS

11. Where piping is installed in walls within one inch of the face of stud, provide a 16 gauge sheet

metal shield plate on the face of the stud. The shield plate shall extend a minimum of 1-1/2 inches beyond the outside diameter of the pipe.

B. Sleeves:

1. Install Adjus-to-Crete, Pipeline Seal and Insulator, or equal, pipe sleeves of sufficient size to allow for free motion of pipe, 24 gauge galvanized steel. The space between pipe and sleeves through floor slabs on ground, through outside walls above or below grade, through roof, and other locations as directed shall be caulked with oakum and mastic and made watertight. The space between pipe and sleeve and between sleeve and slab or wall shall be sealed watertight.

2. At Contractor's option, Link-Seal, Metraflex Metraseal, or equal, casing seals may be used in lieu of caulking. Wrap pipes through slabs on grade with 1 inch thick fiberglass insulation to completely isolate the pipe from the concrete.

C. Floor, Wall, and Ceiling Plates:

1. Fit all pipes with or without insulation passing through walls, floors, or ceilings, and all hanger rods penetrating finished ceilings with chrome-plated or stainless escutcheon plates.

D. Hangers and Supports:

1. General: Support all equipment and piping so that it is firmly held in place by approved iron hangers and supports and special hangers as required. All components shall support weight of equipment and pipe, fluid, and pipe insulation based on spacing between supports with minimum factor of safety of five based on ultimate strength of material used. Do not exceed manufacturer's load rating. Pipe attachments or hangers, of same size as pipe or tubing on which used, or nearest available. Rigidly fasten hose faucets, fixture stops, compressed air outlets, and similar items to the building construction. The Architect shall approve all hanger material before installation. Do not support piping with plumbers' tape, wire rope, wood, or other makeshift devices. Where building structural members do not match piping support spacing, provide all “bridging” support members as required firmly attached to building structural members in a fashion approved by the Structural Engineer.

a. Materials, design, and type numbers per Manufacturers' Standardization Society (MSS), Standard Practice (SP)-58.

2. All hanger components shall be provided by one manufacturer B-Line, Grinnell, Uni-Strut, Badger, or equal.

3. Hanger and Support Spacing:

a. Horizontal cast iron piping support spacing:

1) Support waste line below floor slab with stainless steel supports and hardware similar to suspended piping. Support is required to keep below floor piping in place as dirt below slab settles. Submit on method of pipe support.

2) Support piping at every other joint for piping length of less than 4 feet. 3) For piping longer than 4 feet, provide support on each side of the coupling, within 18

inches of each joint. 4) Hanger shall not be installed on the coupling. 5) Provide support at each horizontal branch connection. 6) Provide sway brace at 40 foot maximum spacing for all suspended pipe with no-hub

joints, except where a lesser spacing is indicated in the 2007 Mason Industries

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 9 of 11 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 9 of 11

Page 155: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods October 30, 2015

SECTION 220050 – BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS AND METHODS

Seismic Restraint Guidelines. Provide a brace on each side of a change in direction of 90 degrees or more. Brace riser joints at each floor and at 15 foot maximum intervals.

4. Individually Suspended Piping:

a. Individually suspended piping: B-Line B3690 J-Hanger or B3100 Clevis, complete with threaded rod, or equal. All hangers on supply and return piping handling heating hot water or steam shall have a swing connector at point of support.

Pipe Size Rod Size

2" and Smaller 3/8"

2-1/2" to 3-1/2" 1/2"

4" to 5" 5/8"

6" 3/4" b. Trapeze Suspension: B-Line 1-5/8 inch width channel in accordance with manufacturer's

published load ratings. No deflection to exceed 1/180 of a span. c. Trapeze Supporting Rods: Shall have a safety factor of five; securely anchor to building

structure. d. Pipe Clamps and Straps: B-Line B2000, B2400; isolate copper pipe with two thicknesses of

2 inches wide 10-mil polyvinyl tape. Where used for seismic support systems, provide B-Line B2400 series pipe straps.

5. Provide rigid insulation and a 12 inch long, 18 gauge galvanized sheet iron shield between the covering and the hanger whenever hangers are installed on the outside of the pipe covering.

6. Insulate copper tubing from ferrous materials and hangers with two thicknesses of 3 inch wide, 10 mil polyvinyl tape wrapped around pipe.

7. Provide a support or hanger close to each change of direction of pipe either horizontal or vertical and as near as possible to concentrated loads.

8. Suspend rods from concrete inserts with removable nuts where suspended from concrete decks. Power actuated inserts will not be allowed.

3.5 PIPE JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS

A. General:

1. Cutting: Cut pipe and tubing square, remove rough edges or burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. 2. Remove scale, slag, dirt and debris from inside and outside of pipe before assembly. 3. Boss or saddle type fittings or mechanically extracted tube joints will not be allowed.

B. Cast Iron Soil Pipe:

1. No-Hub fittings shall be made with a torque wrench. 2. Hub joints shall be with Ty-Seal couplings. 3. Wrought iron, steel, or copper pipe shall have a ring or part of a coupling screwed on to form a

spigot end if caulked into a joint. 4. Connect cast iron sewer piping to outside service pipe with cast iron or vitrified clay reducers or

increasers as required. Caulking of smaller pipe into the larger without a reducer or increaser will not be permitted.

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 10 of 11 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 10 of 11

Page 156: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods October 30, 2015

SECTION 220050 – BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS AND METHODS

3.6 PIPE PROTECTION

A. Sleeve cast iron and ductile iron pipe below grade and below slab with “Polywrap” polyethylene sleeve, as manufactured by Northtown Pipe Protection Products, or equal. Sleeve shall be a minimum of 8 mils thick, colored natural. Install sleeve per manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions.

B. Covering: No rocks or sharp edges shall be backfilled against the wrap. When backfilling with other than sand, protect wrap with an outer wrapping of Kraft paper; leave in place during backfill.

3.7 PIPE IDENTIFICATION

A. Provide temporary identification of each pipe installed, at the time of installation. Temporary identification shall be removed and replaced with permanent identification as part of the work.

3.8 TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS

A. Test the installations in accordance with the following requirements and all applicable codes:

1. Inspector of Record should witness all tests of piping systems. 2. Notify the Architect at least seven days in advance of any test. 3. All piping shall be tested at completion of roughing-in, or at other times as directed by the Architect. 4. Furnish all necessary materials, test pumps, gases, instruments and labor required for testing. 5. Isolate from the system all equipment that may be damaged by test pressure.

B. Test Schedule: No loss in pressure or visible leaks shall show after four hours at the pressures indicated.

Testing of Sanitary Sewer, Drain, Vent, Storm Drain may be done in segments in order to limit pressure to within manufacturer’s recommendations. Test to 10 feet above the highest point in the system.

System Tested Test Pressure PSI Test With

Sanitary Sewer, Drain, Vent 10 Ft. Hd. Water

C. Perform operational tests under simulated or actual service conditions, including one test of complete plumbing installation with all fixtures and other appliances connected, and one test of complete installation of 48 hours each for heating and cooling with all equipment connected and operating.

D. Should any material or work fail in any of these tests, it shall be immediately removed and replaced for new material, and portion of the work replaced shall again be tested by Contractor at his own expense.

END OF SECTION 220050

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 11 of 11 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 11 of 11

Page 157: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Plumbing Piping Systems October 30, 2015

SECTION 221000

PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Pipe and fittings.

B. Cleanouts.

C. Floor drains.

D. Floor sinks.

1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. Section 220050 Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods.

1.3 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Furnish and install any incidental work not shown or specified which is necessary to provide a complete and workable system.

B. Coordinate all of work in this Section with all of the trades covered in other Sections of the Specifications to provide a complete, operable and sanitary installation of the highest quality workmanship.

C. All plumbing work required in the course of this contract shall be performed in strict accordance with all codes and regulations. Plumbing work done under this contract shall not adversely affect the operation of the existing plumbing systems. All materials shall be new and shall match existing.

1.4 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. Furnish and install all plumbing work indicated on the drawings and described herein.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of plumbing piping systems products, of types, materials, and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 6 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 1 of 6

Page 158: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Plumbing Piping Systems October 30, 2015

SECTION 221000 – PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEMS

B. Contractor's Qualifications: Firm with at least 5 years of successful installation experience on projects with

piping systems work similar to that required for project.

C. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: The publications listed below form a part of this specification; comply with provisions of these publications except as otherwise shown or specified.

1. Plumbing Code Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of California Plumbing Code pertaining to selection and installation of plumbing materials and products.

a. NSF Compliance:

1) Pipe, tube, and fittings used in potable water systems intended to supply drinking water shall meet the requirements of NSF-61 , “Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects.”

2) Plastic potable water-service piping shall meet the requirements of NSF 14 , “Plastic Piping Components and Related Materials.”

2. California Health and Safety Code Compliance: For products covered under the scope of HSC 116875 for potable water service. Products for potable water service shall be third-party certified by an approved laboratory as complying with California Health and Safety Code Section 116875.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for plumbing piping systems materials and products.

B. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit Record Drawings of installed piping systems, in accordance with requirements of Division 01.

C. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lists for plumbing piping systems materials and products. Include this data, product data, shop drawings, and record drawings in Operation and Maintenance Manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 01.

D. Pipe, pipe or plumbing fittings, fixtures, solder and flux installed in a system providing water for human consumption shall comply with lead free requirements of the California Health and Safety Code Section 116875. Provide submittal information for products third-party certified by an approved laboratory as complying with California Health and Safety Code Section 116875.

1.7 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Cooperation with other trades: Coordinate Work of this Section with that of other Sections to ensure that Work is carried out in an orderly fashion.

B. Coordinate with other trades all equipment locations, pipe, duct and conduit runs, electrical outlets and fixtures, air inlets and outlets, and structural and architectural features. Provide information on location of piping and seismic bracing to all other trades as required for a completely coordinated project.

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 6 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 2 of 6

Page 159: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Plumbing Piping Systems October 30, 2015

SECTION 221000 – PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEMS

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS

A. Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure ratings, temperature ratings, and capacities as indicated. Provide materials and products complying with California Plumbing Code. Where more than one type of material or product is indicated, selection from materials or products specified is Contractor's option.

2.2 PIPE AND FITTINGS

A. Drain and Waste Pipe Above Grade: Cast iron soil pipe and fittings, asphaltic coated, conforming to ASTM A888 and Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Standard (CISPI) 301 and so marked. Pipe and fittings shall be as manufactured by AB&I, Charlotte, Tyler Pipe, or equal. Pipe and fittings shall be the products of a single manufacturer. At Contractor’s option, vertical piping above floor from lavatories, sinks, and drinking fountains may be Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with black cast iron drainage fittings, or DWV copper pipe and fittings.

1. Joints above grade: No-Hub pipe conforming to ASTM A888 and CISPI 301. Couplings conforming to ASTM 1277 and CISPI 310, with stainless steel bands. Provide products by ANACO-Husky, Tyler, Ideal or equal. Provide sway brace at 20'-0" maximum spacing for suspended pipe with No-Hub joints. Provide a brace on each side of a change in direction of 90 degrees or more. Brace riser joints at each floor and at 15 foot maximum intervals (also see Specification Section 220050).

B. Drain and Waste Pipe Below Grade: Cast iron soil pipe and fittings, asphaltic coated, conforming to ASTM A888 and CISPI 301 and so marked. Pipe and fittings shall be as manufactured by AB&I, Charlotte, Tyler Pipe, or equal. Pipe and fittings shall be the products of a single manufacturer. At Contractor’s option, hub and spigot cast iron soil pipe and fittings, asphaltic coated, conforming to ASTM A-74 and so marked, may be used.

1. Joints below grade: ANACO-Husky SD 4000, Clamp-All 125, or equal couplings and No-Hub fittings, meeting the requirements of FM 1680, SD Class I and ASTM C1540.

2. Joints below grade (hub and spigot option): neoprene gaskets conforming to ASTM C564, as manufactured by Ty-Seal, Dual-Tite, or equal.

C. Vent Pipe:

1. 3 inch and larger: Cast iron soil pipe and fittings conforming to ASTM A888 and Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Standard 301 and so marked.

2. 2-1/2 inch and smaller: Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with black cast iron drainage fittings. 3. Vent pipe buried in ground and to 6 inches above ground: Cast iron soil pipe and fittings

conforming to ASTM A888 and Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Standard 301 and so marked. Joints in cast iron vent pipe shall be the same as specified for cast iron waste pipe below ground.

2.3 CLEANOUTS

A. General: Install cleanouts of same diameter as pipe (4 inch maximum) in all horizontal soil and waste lines where indicated and at all points of change in direction. Cleanouts shall be located not less than 18 inches from building construction so as to provide sufficient space for rodding. No horizontal run over 50 feet inside buildings or 100 feet outside buildings shall be without cleanout, whether shown on Drawings or not. Provide two-way cleanouts where indicated on drawings, and where required for satisfactory use.

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 6 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 3 of 6

Page 160: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Plumbing Piping Systems October 30, 2015

SECTION 221000 – PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEMS

1. Provide cleanouts in waste drop from each sink and urinal. 2. Provide one wrench for each size and type of cleanout used. Turn over to Owner at completion of

the project, and obtain receipt. Place receipt in Operation and Maintenance Manuals.

B. Cleanouts in floor and in concrete sidewalks: Ducco Cast Iron with nickel bronze top, clamping collar and ABS plastic plug: Zurn ZN-1400-KC, or equal, with square or round top to suit floor construction.

C. Cleanouts in composition floors: Zurn ZN-1400-X-DX, or equal (nickel bronze top).

D. Cleanouts in walls: Zurn Z-1441 or Z-1443, or equal, with stainless steel cover. Provide long sweep elbow or combination wye at connection to riser and install with surface of cleanout within 1/2 inch of front face of finished wall.

1. Where space does not permit the above installation, provide Zurn Z-1446, or equal, with stainless steel access cover, and vandal resistant screw.

2. Install face of cleanout plug within 1/2 inch of front face of finished wall.

E. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include the following, or equal:

Zurn J.R. Smith Josam

2.4 FLOOR DRAINS Manufacturers: Drawing schedules indicate Basis of Design products. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings, or comparable product by one of the following, or equal:

Zurn J.R. Smith Josam

2.5 FLOOR SINKS

A. Floor Sinks: Provide anchoring flange (seepage pan) at all floor sinks, and provide flashing clamp in locations where floor membrane is used. Provide cast iron "P" trap and trap primer connection at P-Trap.

B. Manufacturers: Drawing schedules indicate Basis of Design products. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings, or comparable product by one of the following, or equal:

Zurn J.R. Smith Josam

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 4 of 6 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 4 of 6

Page 161: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Plumbing Piping Systems October 30, 2015

SECTION 221000 – PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEMS

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine areas and conditions under which plumbing piping systems are to be installed. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Contractor.

B. Make all arrangements for the utilities required. Pay all costs involved in obtaining the services including gas service and meter, water meter, pressure reducing valve, access boxes, street work. Connect to site utilities. Verify the location of all services. No extra cost will be allowed if services are not as shown.

C. Determine sanitary sewer and storm drain location and elevation at all points of connection before installing any piping. Notify Architect immediately if indicated grades cannot be maintained.

3.2 INSTALLATION OF SANITARY DRAINAGE SYSTEMS

A. Sewer Piping: Run all horizontal sanitary drain piping inside of building on a uniform grade of not less than 1/4 inch per foot unless otherwise noted or later approved. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, piping shall have invert elevations as shown and slope uniformly between given elevations.

B. Run all drainage piping as straight as possible and provide easy bends with long turns; make all offsets at an angle of 45 degrees or less.

C. Grade all vent piping so as to free itself quickly of any water condensation.

D. Where possible, join groups of vent risers together with one enlarged outlet through roof. Maintain minimum of 10 foot horizontal or 3 foot vertical clearance from air intakes.

E. Hubless Cast Iron Joints: Comply with coupling manufacturer's installation instructions.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF CLEANOUTS

A. Cleanouts: Install in piping as indicated, as required by California Plumbing Code, at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees. Install at maximum intervals of 50 feet for piping 4 inches and smaller and 100 feet for larger piping inside buildings, and at base of each conductor.

B. Flashing Flanges: Install flashing flange and clamping device with each cleanout passing through water resistant membrane.

3.4 CARE AND CLEANING

A. Repair or replace broken, damaged, or otherwise defective parts, materials, and work. Leave entire work in condition satisfactory to Architect. At completion, carefully clean and adjust equipment, fixtures, and trim that are installed as part of this work. Remove labels from stainless steel sinks, except 316 stainless steel sink labels should be retained to confirm that the correct material has been provided. Leave systems and equipment in satisfactory operating condition.

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 5 of 6 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 5 of 6

Page 162: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Plumbing Piping Systems October 30, 2015

SECTION 221000 – PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEMS

3.5 OPERATION TEST

A. Test each piece of equipment to show that it will operate in accordance with indicated requirements.

3.6 CLEANING UP

A. Upon completion of Work remove materials, equipment, apparatus, tools, and the like, and leave premises clean, neat, and orderly.

END OF SECTION 221000

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 6 of 6 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 6 of 6

Page 163: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Basic HVAC Materials and Methods October 30, 2015

SECTION 230050

BASIC HVAC MATERIALS AND METHODS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. This Section is a part of each Division 23 Section.

1.3 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Furnish and install incidental work not shown or specified necessary to provide a complete and workable system.

1.4 REFERENCED STANDARDS

A. Where material or equipment is specified to conform to referenced standards, it shall be assumed that the most recent edition of the standard in effect at the time of bid shall be used.

1. CSA – Canadian Standards Association International 2. ANSI - American National Standards Institute 3. ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials 4. CCR - California Code of Regulations

a. Title 8 - Division of Industrial Safety, Subchapter 7; General Industry Safety Orders, Articles 31 through 36

5. NCPWB - National Certified Pipe Welding Bureau 6. CEC - California Electrical Code 7. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers' Association 8. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association 9. OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Act 10. UL - Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.

1.5 DRAWINGS

A. Examine Drawings prior to bidding of work and report discrepancies in writing to Architect.

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 1 of 8

Page 164: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Basic HVAC Materials and Methods October 30, 2015

SECTION 230050 – BASIC HVAC MATERIALS AND METHODS

B. Drawings showing location of equipment and materials are diagrammatic and job conditions will not always

permit installation in location shown. The HVAC Drawings show general arrangement of equipment and materials, etc., and shall be followed as closely as existing conditions, actual building construction, and work of other trades permit.

1. Architectural and Structural Drawings shall be considered part of the Work. These Drawings furnish Contractor with information relating to design and construction of the Project. Architectural Drawings take precedence over HVAC Drawings.

2. Because of the small scale of HVAC Drawings, not all offsets, fittings, and accessories required are shown. Investigate structural and finish conditions affecting the Work and arrange Work accordingly. Provide offsets, fittings, and accessories required to meet conditions. Inform Architect immediately when job conditions do not permit installation of equipment and materials in the locations shown. Obtain the Architects approval prior to relocation of equipment and materials.

3. Relocate equipment and materials installed without prior approval of the Architect. Remove and relocate equipment and materials at Contactors’ expense upon Architects’ direction.

C. Execute work mentioned in the Specifications and not shown on the Drawings, or vice versa, the same as if specifically mentioned or shown in both.

1.6 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES

A. The publications listed below form part of this Specification; comply with provisions of these publications except as otherwise shown or specified.

1. California Building Code, 2013 2. California Electrical Code, 2013 3. California Energy Code, 2013 4. California Fire Code, 2013 5. California Green Building Standards Code, 2013 6. California Mechanical Code, 2013 7. California Plumbing Code, 2013 8. California Code of Regulations, Title 24 9. California Health and Safety Code 10. CAL-OSHA 11. California State Fire Marshal, Title 19 CCR 12. National Fire Protection Association 13. Occupational Safety and Health Administration 14. Other applicable state laws

B. Nothing in Drawings or Specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming to these codes, or to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. It is not the intent of Drawings or Specifications to repeat requirements of codes except where necessary for clarity.

C. Comply with State of California 2013 Energy Code for systems, equipment, and construction.

D. When Contract Documents differ from governing codes, furnish and install larger size or higher standards called for without extra charge.

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 2 of 8

Page 165: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Basic HVAC Materials and Methods October 30, 2015

SECTION 230050 – BASIC HVAC MATERIALS AND METHODS

1.7 FEES AND PERMITS

A. Obtain and pay for permits and service required in installation of the Work. Arrange for required inspections and secure approvals from authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with requirements of Division 01.

1.8 FRAMING, CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. Special framing, recesses, chases and backing for Work of this Section, unless otherwise specified, are covered under other Specification Sections.

B. Contractor is responsible for placement of pipe sleeves, hangers, inserts, supports, and location of openings for the Work.

1.9 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittal packages may be submitted via email as PDF electronic files, or as printed packages. PDFs shall be legible at actual size (100 percent). Provide seven copies of printed submittal packages.

B. Provide submittal of materials proposed for use as part of this Project. Product names in Specifications and on Drawings are used as standards of quality. Furnish standard items on specified equipment at no extra cost to the Contract regardless of disposition of submittal data. Other materials or methods shall not be used unless approved in writing by Architect. Architect's review will be required even though "or equal" or synonymous terms are used. Refer to Division 01 for complete instructions.

1. Partial or incomplete submittals will not be considered. 2. Quantities are Contractor's responsibility and will not be reviewed. 3. Provide materials of the same brand or manufacturer for each class of equipment or material. 4. Identify each item by manufacturer, brand, trade name, number, size, rating, or other data

necessary to properly identify and review materials and equipment. Words "as specified" are not sufficient identification.

5. Identify each submittal item by reference to items’ Specification Section number and paragraph, by Drawing and detail number, and by unit tag number.

6. Organize submittals in same sequence as in Specification Sections. 7. Show physical arrangement, construction details, finishes, materials used in fabrications, provisions

for piping entrance, access requirements for installation and maintenance, physical size, mechanical characteristics, foundation and support details, and weight.

a. Submit Shop Drawings, performance curves, and other pertinent data, showing size and capacity of proposed materials.

b. Specifically indicate, by drawn detail or note, that equipment complies with each specifically stated requirement of Contract Documents.

c. Drawings shall be drawn to scale and dimensioned (except schematic diagrams). Drawings may be prepared by vendor but must be submitted as instruments of Contractor, thoroughly checked and signed by Contractor before submission to Architect for review.

d. Catalog cuts and published material may be included with supplemental scaled drawings.

C. Review of submittals will be only for general conformance with design concept and general compliance with information given in Contract Documents. Review will not include quantities, dimensions, weights or gauges, fabrication processes, construction methods, coordination with work of other trades, or construction safety precautions, which are sole responsibility of Contractor. Review of a component of an

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 3 of 8

Page 166: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Basic HVAC Materials and Methods October 30, 2015

SECTION 230050 – BASIC HVAC MATERIALS AND METHODS

assembly does not indicate acceptance of an assembly. Deviations from Contract Documents not clearly identified by Contractor are Contractor’s responsibility and will not be reviewed by Architect.

D. Within reasonable time after award of contract and in ample time to avoid delay of construction, submit to Architect shop drawings or submittals on all items of equipment and materials provided. Provide submittal as a complete package.

1. Shop drawings and submittals shall include Specification Section, Paragraph number, and Drawing unit symbol or detail number for reference. Organize submittals into booklets for each Specification section and submit in loose-leaf binders with index. Deviations from the Contract Documents shall be prominently displayed in the front of the submittal package and referenced to the applicable Contract requirement.

E. Provide coordinated layouts for HVAC Ductwork systems, in accordance with Specification Section 238000.

F. Furnish to the Project Inspector complete installation instructions on material and equipment before starting installation.

G. Product Data for California Green Building Standards Code Compliance: For adhesives and sealants, including primers, documentation of compliance including printed statement of VOC content and chemical components.

H. Provide product data for insulation products, including insulation, insulation facings, jackets, adhesives, sealants, and coatings, indicating compliance with requirement that these products contain less than 0.1 percent (by mass) polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) in penta, octa, or deca formulations.

I. Provide evidence of equipment certification to California Energy Code Section 110.1 or 110.2, if not providing Electrically Commutated motors for HVAC fans sized below 1 hp and above 1/12 hp. Refer to specific equipment articles requiring electrically commutated motors.

J. Delegated-Design Submittal: For seismic supports, anchorages, and restraints indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria.

1. Calculations performed for use in selection of seismic supports, anchorages, and restraints shall utilize criteria indicated in Structural Contract Documents.

2. Supports, anchorage and restraints for piping, ductwork, and equipment shall be an OSHPD pre-approved system such as Tolco, Afcon, ISAT, Badger, Mason, or equal. Pipes, ducts and equipment shall be seismically restrained in accordance with requirements of current edition of California Building Code. System shall have current OPM number and shall meet additional requirements of authority having jurisdiction. Provide supporting documentation required by the reviewing authority and the Architect and Engineer. Provide layout drawings showing piping, ductwork and restraint locations.

3. In lieu of the above or for non-standard installations not covered in the above pre-approved systems, Contractor shall provide layout drawings showing piping, ductwork, and restraint locations, and detail supports, attachments and restraints, and furnish supporting calculations and legible details sealed by a California registered structural engineer, in accordance with 2013 California Building Code

4. Additional Requirements: In addition to the above, conform to all state and local requirements.

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 4 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 4 of 8

Page 167: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Basic HVAC Materials and Methods October 30, 2015

SECTION 230050 – BASIC HVAC MATERIALS AND METHODS

1.10 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Refer to Division 01 for complete instructions. Requirements given below are in addition to or are intended to amplify Division 01 requirements. In case of conflict between requirements given herein and those of Division 01, Division 01 requirements shall apply.

B. It is the responsibility of Contractor to assume costs incurred because of additional work and or changes required to incorporate proposed substitute into the Project. Refer to Division 01 for complete instructions.

C. Substitutions will be interpreted to be manufacturers other than those specifically listed in the Contract Documents by brand name, model, or catalog number.

D. Only one request for substitution will be considered for each item of equipment or material.

E. Substitution requests shall include the following:

1. Reason for substitution request. 2. Complete submittal information as described herein; see “Submittals.” 3. Coordinated scale layout drawings depicting position of substituted equipment in relation to other

work, with required clearances for operation, maintenance and replacement. 4. List optional features required for substituted equipment to meet functional requirements of the

system as indicated in Contract Documents. 5. Explanation of impact on connected utilities. 6. Explanation of impact on structural supports.

F. Installation of reviewed substitution is Contractors’ responsibility. Any mechanical, electrical, structural, or other changes required for installation of substituted equipment or material must be made by Contractor without additional cost to Owner. Review by Architect of substituted equipment or material, will not waive these requirements.

G. Contractor may be required to compensate Architect for costs related to substituted equipment or material.

1.11 SITE CONDITIONS

A. Information on Drawings relative to existing conditions is approximate. Deviations from Drawings necessary during progress of construction to conform to actual conditions shall be approved by the Architect and shall be made without additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall be held responsible for damage caused to existing services. Promptly notify the Architect if services are found which are not shown on Drawings.

1.12 WARRANTY

A. Refer to Division 01 for warranty requirements, including effective date of warranty. Refer to specific items of equipment specified herein for warranty duration if different from that specified in Division 01.

B. Repair or replace defective work, material, or part that appears within the warranty period, including damage caused by leaks.

C. On failure to comply with warranty requirements within a reasonable length of time after notification is given, Architect/Owner shall have repairs made at Contractor's expense.

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 5 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 5 of 8

Page 168: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Basic HVAC Materials and Methods October 30, 2015

SECTION 230050 – BASIC HVAC MATERIALS AND METHODS

1.13 RECORD DRAWINGS

A. Refer to Division 01, Record Documents, for requirements governing Work specified herein.

B. Upon completion of the Work, deliver to Architect the following:

1. Originals of drawings showing the Work exactly as installed. 2. One complete set of reproducible drawings showing the Work exactly as installed. 3. One compact disc with complete set of drawings in PDF format showing the Work exactly as

installed. 4. Provide Contractor’s signature, verifying accuracy of record drawings.

1.14 DELIVERY AND STORAGE

A. Protect equipment and materials delivered to Project site from weather, humidity and temperature variations, dirt, dust and other contaminants.

1.15 COORDINATION

A. General:

1. Coordinate Work in this Section with trades covered in other Specifications Sections to provide a complete, operable and sanitary installation of the highest quality workmanship.

B. Mechanical Coordination:

1. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to accommodate mechanical system installation.

2. Coordinate installation of supporting devices. Set sleeves in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components during construction.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Materials or equipment of the same type shall be of the same brand wherever possible. All materials shall be new and in first class condition.

2.2 MATERIALS

A. No material installed as part of this Work shall contain asbestos.

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 6 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 6 of 8

Page 169: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Basic HVAC Materials and Methods October 30, 2015

SECTION 230050 – BASIC HVAC MATERIALS AND METHODS

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Provide adequate working space around electrical equipment in compliance with the California Electrical Code. Coordinate the Mechanical Work with the Electrical Work to comply.

B. Furnish necessary control diagrams and instructions for the controls. Before permitting operation of any equipment which is furnished, installed, or modified under this Section, review all associated electrical work, including overload protection devices, and assume complete responsibility for the correctness of the electrical connections and protective devices. Motors and control equipment shall conform to the Standards of the National Electrical Manufacturers' Association. All equipment and connections exposed to the weather shall be NEMA IIIR with factory-wired strip heaters in each starter enclosure and temperature control panel where required to inhibit condensation.

C. All line voltage and low voltage wiring and conduit associated with the Temperature Control System are included in this Section. Wiring and conduit shall comply with Division 26.

3.2 PIPING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

A. Drawing plans, schematic and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings.

3.3 PRIMING AND PAINTING

A. Perform all priming and painting on the equipment and materials as specified herein.

B. Priming:

1. Exposed ferrous metals, including piping, which are not galvanized or factory-finished shall be primed. Black steel pipe exposed to the weather shall be painted one coat of Rust-Oleum #1069 primer for black steel piping or Rust-Oleum #5260, Kelly Moore, or equal, primer for galvanized piping.

2. Metal surfaces of items to be jacketed or insulated except ductwork and piping shall be given two coats of primer unless furnished with equivalent factory finish. Items to be primed shall be properly cleaned by effective means free of rust, dirt, scale, grease and other deleterious matter and then primed with the best available grade of zinc rich primer. After erection or installation, all primed surfaces shall be properly cleaned of any foreign or deleterious matter that might impair proper bonding of subsequent paint coatings. Any abrasion or other damage to the shop or field prime coat shall be properly repaired and touched up with the same material used for the original priming.

3. Where equipment is provided with nameplate data, the nameplate should be masked off prior to painting. When painting is completed, remove masking material.

C. See Painting Section for detailed requirements.

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 7 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 7 of 8

Page 170: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Basic HVAC Materials and Methods October 30, 2015

SECTION 230050 – BASIC HVAC MATERIALS AND METHODS

3.4 EXPANSION ANCHORS IN HARDENED CONCRETE

A. Qualification Tests: The specific anchor shall have a current ICC-ES report and evaluated in cracked concrete in accordance with Acceptance Criteria AC193. If the specific anchor satisfies cyclic testing requirements per Acceptance Criteria AC01, Section 5.6, the full allowable shear and tension loads listed in the current ICC-ES report and manufacturer’s recommendations for the specific anchor may be used. Otherwise, the design shear and tension loads shall not be more than 80% of the listed allowable shear and tension loads for the specific anchor.

B. Installation: The anchors must be installed in accordance with the requirements given in ICC Research Committee Recommendations for the specific anchor.

C. Testing: Fifty percent of the anchors shall be load-tested on each job to twice the allowable capacity in tension, except that if the design load is less than 75 pounds; only one anchor in ten need be tested. If any anchor fails, all anchors must be tested. The load test shall be performed in the presence of a special inspector.

D. The load may be applied by any method that will effectively measure the tension in the anchor, such as direct pull with a hydraulic jack, a torque wrench calibrated using the specific anchor or calibrated spring-loading devices. Anchors in which the torque is used to expand the anchor without applying tension to the bolt may not be verified with a torque wrench.

END OF SECTION 230050

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 8 of 8 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 8 of 8

Page 171: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning October 30, 2015

SECTION 238000

HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Roof mounted air conditioning unit roof curbs.

B. Fan roof curbs.

1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. Section 230050, Basic HVAC Materials and Methods.

1.3 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Furnish and install any incidental work not shown or specified which is necessary to provide a complete and workable system.

B. Coordinate all of work in this Section with all of the Trades covered in other Sections of the Specifications to provide a complete, operable and sanitary installation of the highest quality workmanship.

1.4 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. Work of this section includes, but is not necessarily limited to Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning work indicated on the drawings and described herein.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Design Criteria:

1. All equipment and accessories to be the product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in its manufacture. All gas-fired equipment shall be UL, ETL or CSA listed.

2. Supply all equipment and accessories in accordance with requirements of applicable national, state and local codes.

3. All items of a given type shall be products of the same manufacturer.

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 1 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 1 of 5

Page 172: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning October 30, 2015

SECTION 238000 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including rated capacities of selected model clearly indicated, dimensions, weight, corner or mounting point weights, furnished specialties and accessories; and installation and start-up instructions. Product data shall include applicable product listings and standards. Refer to Section 230050, Basic HVAC Material and Methods for additional requirements.

B. Roof Curb Data: For roof mounted equipment where combined weight of equipment unit and roof curb or rail exceeds 400 pounds, submit calculations from manufacturer for roof curbs proving compliance with the seismic requirements of the California Building Code, and ASCE 7-10. Manufacturer shall certify that roof curbs are suitable for use indicated on Drawings and in Specifications for the seismic design category indicated in structural Contract Documents. Calculations shall be stamped and signed by a State of California registered structural engineer.

C. Engineering Data: Submit fan curves and sound power level data for each fan unit. Data shall be at the scheduled capacity. Data shall include the name of the rating agency or independent laboratory.

D. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for each piece of equipment, control, and accessory; including "trouble-shooting guide," in Operation and Maintenance Manual.

E. Record Drawings: At project close-out, submit Record Drawings of installed ductwork, duct accessories, and outlets and inlets in accordance with requirements of Division 01.

F. Product Data for California Green Building Standards Code Compliance: For adhesives and sealants, including primers, documentation of compliance including printed statement of VOC content and chemical components.

1.7 COORDINATED LAYOUT

A. Coordinated layouts are required to amplify, expand and coordinate the information contained in the Contract Documents.

B. Provide minimum 1/4 inch equals one foot scaled coordination drawings showing plan and pertinent section or elevation views of all piping, ductwork and electrical systems. Drawings shall be on vellum or sepia mylar, reproducible and the work represented shall be fully coordinated with the structure, other disciplines, and with all finishes. Drawings shall all be presented on a single size sheet. Contractor may use either size D (24 inch x 36 inch) or E (36 inch x 42 inch). Drawings graphics shall fully comply with A.I.A. Architectural Graphic Standards and ANSI Y14. Drawings may be hand drawn or computer generated using AutoCad or "Quick Pen". All drawings shall have title block, key plan, north arrow and sufficient grid lines to provide cross-reference to the design drawings.

C. It shall be responsibility of the General Contractor to ensure that the Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Contractor coordinates all of his work with all other trades, including mechanical and electrical trades, so that complete job is neat and in conformity with plans and specifications.

1.8 REFERENCES

A. AABC - Associated Air Balance Council

B. AFBMA - Anti Friction Bearing Manufacturer's Association

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 2 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 2 of 5

Page 173: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning October 30, 2015

SECTION 238000 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING

C. CSA – Canadian Standards Association International

D. AMCA - Air Moving and Control Association Inc.

1. Standard 210 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans

E. ANSI - American National Standards Institute

F. ARI - Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute

G. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers

H. ASME - American Society of Mechanical Engineers

I. ASTM - American Society of Testing and Materials

J. CCR - California Code of Regulations

K. CSFM - California State Fire Marshal

L. NIST - National Institute of Standards and Technology

M. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturer's Association

N. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association

O. OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Act

P. SMACNA - Duct Manuals

Q. CBC - California Building Code

R. UL - Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.

S. CMC - California Mechanical Code

T. CPC - California Plumbing Code

U. CEC - California Electrical Code

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Insulation products, including insulation, insulation facings, jackets, adhesives, sealants and coatings shall not contain polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) in penta, octa, or deca formulations in amounts greater than 0.1 percent (by mass).

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 3 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 3 of 5

Page 174: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning October 30, 2015

SECTION 238000 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING

2.2 AIR CONDITIONING UNIT, ROOF-MOUNTED ROOF CURB

A. Roof curb shall be designed to conform to NRCA Standards.

B. Unit shall be designed and manufactured in accordance with ISO 9001.

C. For unit sizes applicable to Energy Star program, units shall be Energy Star qualified.

D. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include the following, or equal:

Carrier Corporation Trane Inc. Johnson Controls, Inc.

E. Provide the following additional features and equipment:

1. Roof Curb: Formed galvanized steel with wood nailer strip capable of supporting entire unit weight. Provide 3 inch wide bottom flange.

2.3 FANS

A. Roof Mounted Curbs:

1. Mount ventilators on curbs furnished by the fan manufacturer. Install with fan assembly level.

B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include the following, or equal:

Greenheck Fan Corporation Loren Cook Company PennBarry American Coolair Corporation

2.4 TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT

A. Mount and anchor equipment in strict compliance with drawings details. Alternate anchorage methods will not be considered for roof mounted equipment.

B. Examine rough-in for roof mounted equipment to verify actual locations of piping and duct connections prior to final equipment installation.

C. Remove roof decking only as required for passage of ducts. Do not cut out decking under entire roof curb.

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 4 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 4 of 5

Page 175: WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO - Span Constructionsales.span.net/1.SPAN PROJECTS/Waste Management San...RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page

Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning October 30, 2015

SECTION 238000 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING

3.2 INSTALLATION OF FAN CURBS

A. Roof fans shall be mounted level.

B. Provide heavy-duty rubber gasket between exhaust fan mounting flange and roof curb, or as required for an airtight installation.

C.

3.3 EQUIPMENT MOUNTING

A. Mount and anchor equipment in strict compliance with Drawings details. Alternate anchorage methods will not be considered for roof mounted equipment.

END OF SECTION 238000

RMW Job No. 12405.00 WEST MANAGEMENT SAN LEANDRO Integrated West Facility and Page 5 of 5 Administrative Building – 2615 Davis St, San Leandro, CA 94577 Page - 5 of 5